Tag: Thai Novel

  • YOURSKY, Chapter 15

    YOURSKY, Chapter 15

       YOURSKY, Chapter 15 

    “Hey, Fah…”

    Muenfah, who was tying his shoelaces on the field, looked up at his close friend calling him. Real, dressed in soccer gear and ready to play, plopped down across from him in good spirits.

    “What…”

    “I told Hia and the guys that you’re bringing someone close to sit and cheer by the field today.”

    Muenfah nodded and continued tying his shoes. “…”

    “They’re all super excited, man.”

    “Mhm.”

    “…”

    “I’m excited too.”

    Real laughed. Muenfah had never invited anyone to cheer for him during a soccer match. Other friends swapped girlfriends almost every year, getting tons of support from their significant others, but Muenfah was the only one stubborn enough to never let anyone be there for him.

    Yesterday, when Fah said he’d invited Rak to cheer at the soccer match…

    Real secretly felt excited for him.

    “But I didn’t tell them your ‘someone’ is a guy.”

    “…” Muenfah looked up from his shoes and met his best friend’s eyes.

    “Yeah… they’ll all find out eventually that he’s the one in my heart.”

    “Good luck, man.”

    “For the match?”

    “Nah… for your love life.”

    Muenfah gave a slight smirk before nodding to his close friend. Real patted his shoulder as a gesture of encouragement and then walked away. He had already prepared himself to face the questions that would arise after Theerak showed up. All his friends had always known that he liked women, and of course, he would have to explain this change to them. Muenfah knew well that explaining would be difficult for him, but this time he would try to make everyone understand—

    understand that love has no fixed form understand that love knows no

    division and understand that nothing could destroy the love that had blossomed…

    Even though everything was still unclear at the moment, Muenfah felt it wasn’t too soon to introduce Theerak to everyone. Because, in the end, the person he wanted his friends to meet was love—eternal—the only one.

    Muenfah couldn’t predict what the future held, so he held fast to the feelings he had in the present. He believed that both of them could sense something passing between them. That something was encouragement… The fact that they sought encouragement from someone meant that person must hold significant importance in their hearts. And Theerak, too, was overcoming something to come seek encouragement from him.

    Theerak would be able to push past every feeling to reach him because the bridge leading to him was his unwavering love. Whether Theerak walked slowly or quickly, he would always be there waiting. However, all his thoughts came to a halt when a commotion erupted on the field. Muenfah glanced behind him and realized that a friend, as close as Real, was loudly demanding some kind of justice for their team. He shook his head, exasperated by his friend’s dramatic flair, then turned back to check his own shoes.

    “Hey, Fah… I’m so damn annoyed with that Hia. Can you go deal with him?”

    “What’s his problem?”

    “Those engineering kids, hot-headed as hell… He’s saying we’re cheating even before the match starts.”

    “I’ll go…”

    “Yeah, hurry up…”

    Muenfah sighed before standing up to his full height. Several women, friends of the girlfriends of his teammates, were staring at him. He felt a little uncomfortable while inwardly cursing his friends for letting outsiders onto the field. This football match was supposed to be supported only by the important people in their lives. The more people there were, the more chaotic it became.

    …He didn’t like chaos at all.

    “You guys are sneaky. Are you planning to take that Li guy back to play for your team?”

    “Where? Who told you that, Hia ~?”

    “Li told me himself that he’s going to play for your senior’s team, he is a first year.”

    The tall guy threw the water bottle he was holding at his close friend. Muenfah wasn’t intimidated by this engineering kid in the slightest. “You think just because your dad owns the football field, you can yell however you want?”

    “Good thing you’re here, Fah… Let’s settle this. What does it mean that

    Li’s joining your team?”

    “It means a senior like you got fooled by a first year.”

    “…”

    Many friends on Hia’s team shook their heads before walking over to sit on the sidelines. They’d probably lost faith in their captain, who’d been outsmarted by a junior. Muenfah nodded toward his little brother, who was laughing as he walked onto the field.

    “You’re that protective of Li… to the point of coming to claim him back from Phii Fah?”

    “I’m telling you, Li, if it weren’t for you… my team wouldn’t even come close to winning.”

    “Hey, Hia!! What about the rest of us? Didn’t we help the team at all…?”

    Muenfah sighed. Every time they played, Hia loved to make a big deal out of it. He was the son of the owner of this artificial turf field, and losing would bring shame to his father too, so Hia was determined to beat Muenfah’s team no matter what.

    But this was the third year now and he still hadn’t won once.

    “So, where’s… your cheerleader on the sidelines?”

    Muenfah was about to brush off his friend, but then a small figure in a white T-shirt and black shorts caught his eye, making him nod toward the entrance instead. “There… mine’s here.”

    “Where…? That’s Babe, Dom’s girlfriend.”

    “No, that one…” Muenfah frowned at his friend before grabbing the back of his neck to make him look straight at his stubborn one. “The guy in the white T-shirt, with a cute face.”

    “Huh, that one?”

    “Yeah, you see him now, you idiot… If you can’t, just gouge your eyes out.”

    Phii Fah ~”

    “Yes… stubborn one.”

    “Ow, ouch, damn it, Fah…” Hia yelped in pain, rubbing the back of his neck after Muenfah let go and ran toward the owner of that bright smile. Muenfah had really changed a lot, just like Real had told him. But Hia never imagined the one who’d turned a tiger into a kitten would be that little boy.

    “So… has our Muenfah changed like I said?”

    “That kid’s his boyfriend or what?”

    “Not yet… our friend’s still in the secretly-crushing-on-him phase.”

    “You messing with me?”

    Real laughed before saying, “If it’s true, will your dad give me this football field?”

    “You jerk!! He wouldn’t even give it to his own flesh and blood like me… don’t even dream about it, you outsider.” Hia stared in disbelief at his close friend, who was fondly ruffling the boy’s hair. “Since when did Fah learn to look at someone so gently like that?”

    “You don’t learn stuff like that… it’s instinct. It just depends on who you use it with.”

    Hia pursed his lips, watching Real stand with his arms crossed, smirking as he observed Muenfah chatting with his key supporter. “And what the hell are you? Smirking like you’re in love with him too?”

    “I’m a good friend, that’s what… Seeing my buddy happy makes me happy too. Not like you…”

    “Whoa, hey… you jerk, dissing me and walking off like that? Come back here so I can stomp you, Real!”

    Muenfah shifted his gaze from the little guy and glanced at his two close friends, who were chasing and kicking each other. Real and Hia had loved bickering since high school.

    “Phii Fah… where should I sit to cheer for you?” the small guy asked while unrolling a large rectangular piece of paper. He squinted with a big smile as the paper reached its full length. “I’m super ready, you know!”

    Muenfah couldn’t help but smile when he saw the cheer sign his stubborn little one had made just for him. On the white paper, there were neatly sized, pastel-colored letters that read, My Sky, Zoom ~ Zoom ~.

    But what made him break into a wide grin was the picture of Theerak himself—smiling brightly and flashing a peace sign—pasted behind the text.

    Theerak had edited a half-body photo of himself onto the cheer sign.

    Muenfah’s smile turned into laughter at how adorable his little one was.

    How many times bigger than his body must Theerak’s heart be to be this bold?

    But it all showed that… Theerak did everything with his heart.

    “Such a stubborn little one…” he said before reaching out to pinch those rosy cheeks in playful affection.

    “Do you like this cheer sign?…If you don’t, I’ll put it away and just cheer with my voice instead.”

    “Why would my stubborn little one think I wouldn’t like it?”

    “In case you get embarrassed…”

    Muenfah gave a faint smile as he saw the small guy speak with a shy grin. It was the first time he’d noticed a hint of insecurity in Theerak’s eyes. “And when you were sitting there making this cheer sign for me… were you embarrassed?”

    No way! How could I be? I made it with all my heart to cheer for you. I want you to see it while you’re running on the field so you’ll have tons of energy.” the small guy explained, his mouth moving quickly before offering a shy smile. “But I didn’t expect the field you’d be playing on would be artificial turf like this… Now the cheer sign looks a bit too big here.”

    “I’m not embarrassed at all. Every time I see this sign and your little peacesign picture, I’ll definitely score at least one goal.”

    Theerak grinned so wide his mouth stretched ear to ear before nodding.

    “My Sky, Zoom ~ Zoom ~, right?” he said, pointing at the text on the sign.

    “Just like the sign, Phii Fah!”

    “Yeah…”

    “Rak, come sit here quick! They’re about to start… Otherwise, people might mistake you for a soccer ball that got kicked and rolled over.” Phii Babe called out.

    “Ugh ~ when will you stop teasing me like this?”

    “I’ll go get ready now, okay?”

    “Yesss…”

    Muenfah jogged back to the middle of the field to prepare. As he warmed up, several teammates pointed toward the sidelines. He figured they were probably scoping out someone’s girlfriend’s friend, like they did every year.

    “Who’s My Sky?”

    “He even put his own picture on it… Gotta admits, it’s kinda cute.”

    “What kind of guy is that adorable, damn…”

    The tall guy started getting annoyed that his teammates were fixating on his stubborn little one. They probably hadn’t noticed when he was talking to Theerak by the sidelines earlier, which is why they were saying stuff like that.

    “Whose kid is that?”

    “Mine!”

    “Huh?!!!”

    Muenfah furrowed his brows tightly as his five friends warming up nearby exclaimed in unison. They blinked rapidly, glancing back and forth between him and the small figure holding a cheer sign by the sidelines.

    “So, Fah, you like guys now?”

    “You guys got it wrong.”

    “See? We knew it…”

    “I don’t just like him… I love him.”

    “…”

    “…”

    He sighed at his teammates before heading to his position. While waiting for the match to start, he turned to look at the person by the sidelines to boost his spirits. Muenfah gave a small smile and nodded at the one waving the cheer sign back and forth. It was then that Theerak’s smile told him something.

    Phii Fah will fight… fight against everything to keep that smile forever…

    Theerak tried to hold the cheer sign as high as possible once the match began. His eyes widened in amazement as he watched Muenfah play on the field. The guy was fast and had excellent soccer skills. Theerak remembered the last time he watched soccer with his dad was when he was fifteen. After that, he never bothered with it again because he found it boring.

    But today, his heart was pounding with excitement, as if he were the one playing, blood pumping nonstop.

    “Number ten! Muenfah’s got the ball right now!”

    “…Phii Fah, susuna!” Theerak let go of the sign with one hand and cupped it around his mouth, hoping his voice would carry louder.

    Muenfah charged into the opposing team’s zone with speed. Theerak nearly stopped breathing when the other team rushed in to block Muenfah’s legs, but he effortlessly leaped over them and spun to dodge the player waiting ahead.

    “Phii Fah, amazing!!!!…So cool!” The one who’d accidentally shouted in excitement nodded an apology to those nearby. Phii Babe tugged lightly at his shirt hem, and only then did Theerak realize he’d stood up without noticing. “Heh, got a bit too into cheering.”

    “He’s going, he’s going… Muenfah’s on the move~”

    “Will it go in or not… Will this shot make it?!”

    Theerak held his breath along with the commentator—probably one of Muenfah’s friends. “Phii Fah… kick it in, please!”

    “Will it go in?!”

    “It’s in!!!!”

    “Yay~!”

    Now, cheerleaders from both sides were on their feet, roaring in support of Muenfah, so much so that the opposing team’s players had to calm their own supporters down.

    “Oh, man~ This guy’s unreal!”

    “Muenfah is in top form, never slipping… Even without the sidelines cheering like everyone else, he’s playing really well, isn’t he, Yod? ~”

    “Yes, indeed!”

    Theerak turned to look at the two commentators speaking through the microphone by the field, thinking that this year, Muenfah finally had his own cheer squad. He wasn’t competing without support like in previous years.

    “He’s got it this year!”

    “Really, Real?” The commentator, hearing the shout from an old friend, asked over the mic.

    “Let Fah confirm it himself.”

    Theerak watched the tall figure jogging over to the two commentators who were waving him over. Muenfah, catching his breath, nodded in confirmation, but the pair wouldn’t let him return to the game so easily.

    “So, Muenfah… where’s your cheering section?”

    “…”

    Theerak leaned over and whispered to his older sister, “Phii Babe, what kind of football match pauses for a chat?”

    “It’s a ‘whatever we feel like’ match… It’s just us friends playing, all for fun… We don’t care much about time or rules.”

    “But didn’t Panli say it was serious?”

    “It is serious in a way—no one wants to lose—but they also love doing silly stuff, like calling teammates over to tease them off-schedule like this.” Phii Babe said with a laugh.

    “…”

    “Or did Real lie to me?”

    “No…”

    “…”

    “My cheering section is over there…” With the mic held close to Muenfah’s mouth, every word came out clear. He pointed toward him before saying, “Raise the sign for me, Theerak.”

    “Woo-hoo ~”

    “He’s got a cheer person this year ~”

    The commentators’ teasing made Theerak’s face flush hot, but he had to lift the cheering sign high as requested. When Muenfah had said he wasn’t shy, Theerak now believed it—he really wasn’t shy at all.

    “Alright, alright, that’s enough teasing—back to the match!”

    “You two idiots wasted our time!”

    “Why, Hia? Whether you play slow or fast, your team’s still going to lose.”

    “You jerk!!”

    The whole field broke into amused smiles before the tense atmosphere returned. Muenfah’s team had taken the lead, so the opposing team started pressing harder, attacking relentlessly until the cheer squad could barely catch their breath.

    “Here we go… The two Pisut siblings are about to clash!!”

    “Can he do it?…Will Panli steal the ball from Muenfah…”

    “No way!…Muenfah’s feints are too good.”

    Theerak watched the game without blinking, so focused that he didn’t notice the new cheerleader sitting down beside him. It was only when the person next to him nudged his arm that he realized it was someone he knew very well.

    “Hey Klai…”

    “Here to cheer for Phii Fah?”

    “Yeah, yeah… Who’re you here to cheer for, Phii Dom, right?”

    “Uh… no.”

    “Huh?”

    “I came to return Panli’s shirt…”

    “Return Li’s shirt?”

    “Yeah, last week my shirt got dirty, and I had to rush to an important class.

    I ran into Panli by chance… and he lent me his shirt.”

    “Oh… so that’s how it is. But since you’re here, stay and cheer for the game with us. It’s fun!”

    “…I’ll probably have to wait until Panli’s done playing anyway, since he told me to wait.”

    “Cool…” Theerak shifted his gaze from the person beside him—who was now greeting Phii Babe—to keep cheering for Sky. “Phii Fah ~ Make this shot go in, pleeease ~”

    “Here we go again, folks… Muenfah’s on the attack once more, relentless, oh man ~”

    “It’s like he’s playing solo out there, haha.”

    “In or out… in or out!!!”

    “In!!!! Another goal ~”

    “Oh, man… it’s gotta be that cute pics on the cheer sign that’s got Muenfah so fired up like this.

    “Hey, Fah!! Just take the ball and play at your house alone, why don’t you? Don’t hog it all like that!” the opposing team’s captain complained loudly.

    “Here we go, folks… the son of the football field owner’s starting to throw a tantrum.”

    “Tantum your dad! Next year, kick those commentators out of the team, will ya? They’re driving me nuts.”

    Theerak now understood why his older sister had talked about the scramble for sideline seats on the car ride—because the atmosphere throughout the match was filled with this kind of fun and camaraderie. That’s why so many people wanted to come watch. Not only did it keep you on the edge of your seat, forgetting to breathe, but it also gave you plenty of laughs.

    “End of the first half! Everyone, head back to your team’s coach.”

    “Who’s the coach for each team?”

    “Me and you, duh…”

    A water bottle was handed over by the person next to him. Phii Babe nodded before stuffing it into his hand. “During the halftime break… the cheer squad’s supposed to bring water to the players.”

    “Oh, uh… I’ve never been here before, so I didn’t know.”

    Theerak took the water bottle and walked over to give it to Muenfah, who ran up to him at the sideline. He scanned the crowd and realized that every cheerleader had indeed brought water for the player they were supporting, just like Phii Babe said.

    “Water, Phii Fah…”

    “Thanks.” Muenfah took it and only sipped a little. “The first goal was for a stubborn one… the second one’s for… Theerak.”

    Theerak pressed his lips together to hold back a smile. “It’s the same person, Phii Fah…”

    “…” Muenfah gave a faint smile before saying, “Who should I give the third goal to?”

    Theerak thought for a moment, then grinned widely. “To us, me and you.”

    “Alright then.”

    “Zoom ~ Zoom ~, right, Phii Fah?”

    Muenfah, drenched in sweat, nodded and handed the water bottle back to him. He jogged back onto the field as the whistle signaled the end of the break. The tall guy flashed him a smile and mouthed something silently.

    It seemed they’d gotten used to this method because Theerak could read Muenfah’s lips:

    “Our third goal.”

    Theerak beamed and nodded back. He ran back to sit on the sidelines, waiting to see Muenfah’s third goal. He didn’t know if Muenfah could pull it off…

    But he wanted to say thank you…

    Thank you for the first goal… for his stubborn little one and the second goal… for Theerak.

    But the second half wasn’t easy for Muenfah at all. Panli, now in full swing, showed off his skills, making everyone in the stands cheer loudly. Not long after, his best friend scored an impressive goal. Theerak jumped up and clapped in excitement, only to notice someone frowning at him. He quickly waved his hands to dismiss it and sent a sweet smile back to Muenfah.

    “I was clapping for Phii Fah… I’m only cheering for Phii Fah.” he whispered softly before sitting back down. Next to him, Phii Babe and Klai, who were sitting on either side, chuckled under their breath, making him curious enough to ask, “What are you two laughing about?”

    “We’re laughing at someone who’s scared of getting sulked at… He wants to cheer for his friend but is worried the other will feel jealous. Tough spot.” Phii Babe teased.

    “W-Wait, I just…”

    “Phii Fah was staring at you hard just now. Probably wants you to cheer for him alone.” Klai added.

    “Ugh… can’t we share a little, Phii Fah?” As soon as he said it, Klai laughed and reached over to ruffle his hair.

    “How can you be this cute, Rak? I really want to steal you and stuff you to my house.”

    “Does your house have crispy pork basil rice with fried egg and a Charlie

    Brown blanket?”

    “Yep, got it all.”

    “Then no need to steal me—I’ll follow you myself.”

    Klai laughed and pinched his cheek once. “So adorable.”

    The one being complimented smiled back before turning to cheer for the player on the field again. Right then, Muenfah had possession of the ball once more. Theerak hurriedly grabbed his cheer sign, held it up high, and shouted encouragement with all his might.

    Here he comes! Muenfah’s coming, everyone!”

    “Panli’s right behind him too!”

    “Can he do it… Can Panli steal the ball?!”

    “Not yet… Muenfah’s holding the ball at the corner, looking for a way out!”

    “Did you see that dodge just now, Yod?”

    “I don’t know anymore… because Muenfah made it through!”

    Theerak felt his breath catch as he saw Muenfah get closer to the opponent’s zone. “Phii Fah… susuna!” And in the next second, Muenfah smashed the ball into the goal with full force.

    “Yay!!! It’s in!”

    “Woohoo!! Fah, you’re amazing!” Theerak jumped up, holding the cheer sign as high as his arms could stretch. Muenfah, still on the field, turned to meet his eyes and smiled.

    The tall figure in the middle of the field raised three fingers with one hand, then pointed to himself with the other before pointing at Theerak. The body language Muenfah used made Theerak unable to hold back a grin, letting it spread across his face.

    Three fingers mean… the third goal.

    Pointing to himself and then to me means… us.

    Our third goal. 

    It was at that moment his heart started pounding again, even though he wasn’t near Muenfah. This made Theerak realize that Muenfah had quickly gone from a close friend to someone truly important without the other even noticing. Now, he accepted that Muenfah was a significant person in his life. Theerak thought that someone who could influence his heart must be important… because no matter how near or far they were Our hearts would always respond to him.

    Like right now, beating so hard…

     

    #However Many Thousand Skies 

    “Thanks so much to all the cheerleaders today!”

    “Yeah… We hope we managed to put at least a few smiles on your faces…

    See you next year~!”

    The crowd clapped for the announcer and the players from both teams who’d brought smiles all day before gradually leaving the soccer field. Still, some cheerleaders and a few players lingered behind.

    “No next year for me, damn it… So embarrassing. I’m going home, and my dad’s definitely gonna bash my head in.”

    “Get over it, Hia… Just because your dad owns the field doesn’t mean you’re gonna be Wayne Rooney.”

    “Yeah, great consolation.”

    Muenfah plopped down on a long wooden table while several friends sprawled out on the grass, exhausted. He’d just parted from his “naughty one” to hang out with his old friends. Among the close friends he’d studied with since high school, Real was the only one he saw often—because Real was his business partner. It wasn’t easy for them to gather like this with their different schedules, so Muenfah wanted a little more time with his old, close buddies.

    Naughty one… Can you sit and chat with Babe and Klai first? I’m gonna catch up with some friends for a bit.”

    “Sure, Phii Fah… I have to wait to go back with Phii Babe anyway… She’s waiting for Phii Dom to finish talking with his friends too. It’ll probably be a while before we head back.”

    “Okay… Wait for me, alright?”

    “Got it…”

    Muenfah smiled faintly as he watched the small figure chatting with Klai. His “naughty one” was sitting on the other side, quite a distance away. He couldn’t hear their conversation, but Muenfah could guess that Theerak was probably praising him to Klai, since Theerak loved saying “Phii Fah” over and over.

    He could read lips…

    “Is that smirk because you want to mock a loser like me, or what, Fah?”

    “Let my smile comfort you.”

    “No, no… Don’t use your flirting tricks on me.”

    “…”

    All the friends burst into laughter before Hia continued, “Do you like him that much?”

    “Enough to turn into love.”

    “Woo ~” Muenfah kicked at the crotch of Hia, who was lying flat in front of him. “No, no! I don’t have a wife yet—let me keep it intact for now.”

    “Why does it have to be him?” Ko, another friend, asked.

    “I don’t know why it has to be him… I just know that if it’s not him, I won’t love anyone else.”

    “Take note, Hia… Learn to be as steady as Fah here.”

    “I’ve never asked anything of you guys…” Muenfah said in his usual calm tone, but because of their long-standing bond, his friends could tell that this time—this time it was more serious than ever. “This time, I’m asking for something.”

    “Spit it out!”

    “Just believe that it’s love.”

    “…”

    “A love that’s real, in my heart.”

    “…”

    Muenfah knew it was hard to believe, but if everyone had seen his efforts over the past two years, he was confident they’d believe without him having to beg.

    “The one who makes us believe is you, Fah…”

    “Yeah… We’ve believed since the first hour.”

    “For real… A guy like you—if you’re not interested, you don’t even glance.

    But with how you’ve shown it… your eyes say it all.”

    “We believe you, dude!”

    “We believe you’re head over heels for him too.”

    Muenfah laughed and nodded to all his friends. “Thanks, guys… Thanks for understanding me.”

    Can I hug him instead of a thank you?”

    “You jerk!”

    “Hold on, Fah… Call me clearly. My name’s Hia—you’re so mad you’re messing up my name.”

    “Haha.” Real laughed as he saw Muenfah glaring at their friend.

    Dom, who had been lying down, sat up and said, “Before you get past Fah, you’ve got to get through me first, Hia. I’m protective too.”

    “Tough luck for me… With that cute face, I just want to squeeze him hard until he cries.”

    “There you go again, you jerk!”

    “Stop provoking Fah, will you? Or this football field’s going to catch fire.”

    “Wanna compete to win him over?”

    “Compete with your dad, maybe… I’ve been guarding what’s mine for so long.”

    Hia held back a grin before saying, “But I’ve got gears, man… sometimes I might be more interesting than you.”

    “…”

    “Trading gears for the kid’s heart like this…”

    “Having gears—do they even work?” Ball asked.

    “Damn… asking that just ruins the whole engineering kid vibe.”

    “…”

    “Yeah… they’re pretty rusty too, but right now there’s no one to scare off, you jerk.” his friends burst out laughing. Hia shook his head slightly, forced to accept the truth, before turning to Muenfah, who was watching someone on the other side of the field. “So what do graphic design kids have?”

    Muenfah shifted his gaze from the little guy and shook his head. “No gears, but probably still scared of the wife.”

    “Damn!! That works ~”

    “Woo-hoo ~”

    Muenfah wasn’t embarrassed by his friends’ teasing cheers, but he was worried the little guy might wonder what they were talking about to make so much noise. So he cut the conversation short by asking about next week’s beach trip plans.

    “So, what’s up with the beach trip?”

    “Changing the subject like a prooo.”

    “You jerk!”

    “Okay, okay, then I’ll take the lead and explain this trip… So it’s a day trip—leave in the morning, back in the evening—and after checking everyone’s days off, it’s gotta be Saturday since we’re all free.”

    “…”

    “I brought a sign-up sheet too. Whoever’s going, put your name down. Closer to the date, I’ll call to nag again. Anyone who signs up and doesn’t show, I’ll cut them out of the inheritance.”

    Real shook his head as he took the sign-up sheet from his friend, thinking Hia loved making things complicated. A simple beach trip turned into a field trip sign-up. “Who’s going? Tell me now, I’ll write it down…”

    “Dom… Babe’s going, right?” Muenfah turned to ask.

    “Yeah…”

    “Real… then add his name too.”

    “Sure thing.”

    “Add Klai too…”

    “Who’s Klai?”

    “My little sibling.” Dom answered.

    “Oh, right… Add Panli and Nong Rak too. Today I managed to score a goal thanks to them, otherwise I’d have been totally embarrassed.”

    “You really rely on Li’s good karma, huh, Hia?”

    “Business talk done, right?…I’m gonna go check on him first. He’s been waiting too long.”

    “Go ahead, dad…”

    “Not dad.”

    “Then what are you, Fah’s buddy?”

    “Pa.” Muenfah said before getting up and walking away. All his friends exchanged glances, thinking that Muenfah had really changed a lot.

    “That’s because he loves him so much.” Goh said.

    “When I first told you guys that Fah invited someone important to cheer on the sidelines… did you all think it was a girl?”

    “Yeah, dude… since when has he ever liked guys?”

    “And when you first saw Theerak, were you all shocked?” Dom asked.

    “I think Hia should speak for us on this one…”

    “Damn it, you jerks always shove the tough stuff on me…” Hia went quiet for a moment before continuing, “It wasn’t exactly shock… more like I was wondering when he started liking that kid and why I had no clue.”

    “…”

    “We’re grown up now… it’s not like when we were kids, judging friends for being different. If he does something that stands out from the group…”

    “…”

    “And especially when it comes to love, we don’t have the right to dictate how someone else should love. Who he loves is his business. All we can do is be happy for him… that’s it, really.”

    “…”

    “As for what’s ‘appropriate’… I think some couples get pressured by that word. And the ones putting on the pressure are the people around them who don’t accept it. Some say they’re not a good match, they don’t look right together, all that stuff that chips away at love… But if two people truly love each other, that word means jack shit. Fah’s made that word disappear from my mind completely.”

    “…”

    “To sum it up simply, from friends like us… Fah’s not ashamed and even brought the kid to meet us. He respects the person he loves that much, and he values us too, which is why he introduced him. He’s gone this far—every friend should respect and honor his love too.”

    “Oh wow, Hia ~ I’ve known you forever, and this is the first time you’ve spoken so well… Everyone, write this down on paper, and mark the date and time too.” someone teased.

    “Write what on paper?”

    “That today, you finally grew a brain.”

    “You bastard!!!”

    “Haha!”

    “I’m happy for Fah that you guys are this open-minded…” Dom said.

    “We’re friends… why overthink it? Our job is to cheer him on when he needs it, and if he’s hurting, we take him out to drown his sorrows in booze. Being a friend isn’t that hard… unless the friend’s a total pain in the ass, then it’s a little stressful.”

    “Like you…”

    Hia kicked Real’s leg once before turning to look at Muenfah, who was chatting with the small guy on the sidelines. Something clicked in his mind, and he quickly pulled his phone out of his pants pocket. Hia called the staff in charge of the club’s broadcast system—someone who worked for his dad— and told them to play a song.

    “I’ve got your back, Fah…”

    “What’s that, dude?”

    “Just wait and see.”

    As the melody started playing, Muenfah immediately looked up and stared in their direction. Hia smirked and high-fived Real when they saw Muenfah flip them off while the small figure turned his face away.

    “Damn it… he’s embarrassed, haha!”

    “How could he not be? That song’s so cute.”

    Muenfah quickly lowered his hand to his side as the small figure turned back to talk to him like before. He wanted to rush over and smack the heads of those who’d planned to tease him like this. Just a moment ago, he and his “naughty one” were chatting comfortably, but once the song began, it fell into silence…

    “Just talking, just meeting your eyes, time slips away and disappears. Everything stops the moment I find you, only you are clear while everything else blurs in my heart. Every time we’re close, you and I feel a pull holding us back, but neither of us dares to say goodbye, as if it might be our last day.”

    Muenfah smiled while looking at the small figure beside him, who was bowing his head and pressing his lips together. Those faintly blushing cheeks prompted him to move his hand—previously resting at his side—closer to the other’s hand.

    …Not touching much, not locking eyes deeply… just placing their hands close together.

    “Maybe it’s you and me, Fall in love, baby, something connects us, little by little it forms a faint picture, and that love is starting to take shape, settling in my heart and yours.”

    “Naughty one…”

    “Yes, Phii Fah?”

    “Keeping these feelings, one day I’ll surely confess my love to you.”

    “Phii Fah, can I come cheer every year?”

    “It won’t be long before we have good times together, you will do it Rak?”

    “Of course I can.”

    And silence returned… but it was a silence born from smiles.

    They smiled at each other…

    “Bye-bye, Phii Fah.”

    “See you…”

    Theerak waved goodbye to Muenfah one last time before the car pulled away from the soccer field. Phii Dom had left his car there to drive the two of them back, so on the return trip, Theerak had to sit alone in the back. He felt like something was becoming a little clearer—a feeling he could sense was growing… and it might grow even more.

    LINE ~

    M.FAH: Travel safe, Sea.

    Theerak: Don’t come back too late, Sky. M.FAH: Got it.

    Theerak: Phii Fah… that song earlier, what’s it called?

    M.FAH: “Love Is Taking Shape.”

    Theerak: Thanks, Phii Fah. 

    Theerak smiled…

    Thank you for letting me know it’s really starting to take shape,   .

    TBC

     

    YOURSKY CHAPTERS HOME

  • YOURSKY, Chapter 14

    YOURSKY, Chapter 14

       YOURSKY, Chapter 14 

    The small person sleeping on the bed started to stir slightly. Theerak felt so exhausted he couldn’t open his eyes, yet he still used one hand to grope for his favorite bolster pillow while keeping his eyes closed. If he weren’t so attached to that bolster, he probably wouldn’t have woken up. Normally, the bolster was always on his right side, but now the space beside him felt empty. He figured he must’ve accidentally moved the long pillow he loved hugging to the other side.

    The owner of those pale, tightly shut eyelids rolled over to the other side and reached out to grab the bolster out of habit. Theerak thought the bolster wouldn’t be too far from him, but a strange, unfamiliar sensation made him frown in confusion. What he held in his hand felt like a shrunken version of his bolster, but it wasn’t as soft as his favorite one—and it seemed to be getting harder too. Theerak struggled to lift his heavy eyelids to look at the odd object in front of him.

    Snap!!

    When he opened his eyes, he saw his hand resting right in the middle of someone’s torso, someone sitting beside him. In the next second, his hand was grabbed and placed somewhere else instead. Theerak blinked rapidly, thinking he must be dreaming, before starting to process the images in his head again. His last memory was…

    He’d been sitting on this sofa waiting for Muenfah…

    And when he looked up at the tall figure leaning against the headboard, he realized he wasn’t dreaming—because if it were a dream, he wouldn’t feel his heartbeat acting so strangely. He stared at Muenfah, who was now quietly playing with his phone, then shifted his gaze to find his own hand. Muenfah had placed it on his stomach.

    “This is mine… no playing with it, you naughty thing.”

    Muenfah spoke without taking his eyes off the phone screen, using only one hand to tap on it. His other hand tightly gripped Theerak’s hand. Theerak pulled his hand away from being held, even though he knew this action might make the other person—who had been unintentionally groped by him—feel bad. But Theerak had to step back to collect himself first.

    I know… I know I have to take responsibility for my actions…

    But… sob sob sob T___T

    Why did I grab him there?! I have my own!!

    The smaller figure turned his back to Muenfah. Theerak scanned the room with his eyes, trying to recall how he ended up sleeping in Muenfah’s room. The only person who could give him an answer was likely the owner of this gray room. He took a deep breath and raised his hand to rub his face to regain his composure, but he quickly pulled it back to his side when he remembered that the hand he’d used to rub his face had touched something earlier.

    So embarrassing!!!

    Theerak slowly sat up without looking at Muenfah. He figured the other wouldn’t mind too much since his groggy state probably made it clear to Muenfah that it wasn’t intentional.

    … I didn’t mean to grab it…

    I have my own precious thing… I don’t want to touch someone else’s.

    But because Theerak was thinking about Muenfah’s feelings, he wanted to apologize. He felt so embarrassed and bad for grabbing him—surely the one who got grabbed felt the same way. When he put himself in the other’s shoes…

    Muenfah must have felt something when he got grabbed… probably didn’t feel good about it.

    If Muenfah grabbed me instead… I’d probably feel just as bad.

    But let’s not think about that! T___T

    “Uh, Phii Fah…”

    “Yes?”

    “Well… um, just now…”

    “You little troublemaker, you don’t have to take responsibility for me. I understand.”

    T___T He’s talking like I assaulted him or something. “Uh, understand what?”

    Theerak turned to look at Muenfah. The latter was still playing on his phone before glancing up to meet his gaze. Muenfah didn’t show the slightest hint of embarrassment—probably because Theerak was embarrassed enough for both of them.

    “I understand that you didn’t mean it, you little troublemaker.”

    “Yes… I really didn’t mean it, Phii Fah. I was so sleepy and everything felt blurry.”

    “Yes, I believe you.”

    “I’m not a pervert either, Phii Fah!”

    “Heh heh.”

    “Why are you laughing, Phii Fah… don’t you believe me?”

    Theerak felt his face heat up, almost exploding, because Muenfah didn’t respond. He just smirked and went back to playing on his phone.

    “Ugh!!! I’m not a pervert at all!”

    “…”

    “But still, I have to apologize… I’m sorry, Phii Fah, for… well, that.”

    “I haven’t even said you’re a pervert yet, you little troublemaker.”

    “But Phii Fah, you’re laughing… it’s like you don’t believe me.”

    Muenfah placed the phone down beside him and looked into his eyes. “I believe that the stubborn one isn’t a pervert.”

    “…”

    “Because if you; the stubborn one really was like that… you wouldn’t be blushing.”

    T___T, The burning heat gathering on both cheeks made Muenfah truly believe him.

    “I-I think I have to go back now… by this time, Phii Babe is probably standing in front of the house waiting to pinch my cheeks.”

    Theerak lowered his eyes to check the pockets of his pants. Judging by sight alone, he didn’t feel the presence of his phone, so he began scanning the gray bed to look for it.

    “Are you looking for this?”

    Theerak looked up at the person asking. Muenfah twisted his body to grab Theerak’s phone, which had been placed on the shelf by the headboard, and handed it back. “Yes.”

    The smaller guy immediately bowed his head to check for missed calls as soon as he got his phone back. Theerak figured his older sister must have called a hundred times, but the screen was empty. Maybe Phii Babe understood that a job like this takes time, so she let him come back late without calling to check in.

    Theerak thought about asking Muenfah how he ended up sleeping in this room after calling to report to his sister, because he must have fallen asleep for quite a while. Judging by the clock on his phone screen—

    Fifteen more minutes… 8:30 PM.

    You’d fallen asleep for so long, such chubby little pup!

    “When I carried the stubborn one in to sleep, it fell onto the bed. I was afraid the stubborn one would roll over it, so I put it on the shelf.”

    The listener looked up, wide-eyed with shock, before bursting into laughter and pointing at Muenfah to call him out. “Phii Fah, you can’t trick me like that!” After saying this, he wrinkled his nose at the taller guy one more time.

    Muenfah carrying him? He’s way too heavy for that.

    He wanted to tease him into embarrassment~

    This wouldn’t shake his heart…

    “Heh heh.”

    “There… you let out a laugh. Phii Fah, you’re such a bragger!”

    Muenfah chuckled in his throat before patting the empty space beside him, as if inviting him over. “Then come lie here for a bit, stubborn one. I’ll try carrying you again. If I can’t do it this time, then I really is a bragger.”

    “…” Muenfah was seriously challenging him. So, would he dare take the challenge? “I’m going home now.”

    Your tummy, Fah, laughing like that, made the gray room feel bright and lively. Theerak didn’t dare risk taking Muenfah’s challenge because if he actually managed to carry him This time, Muenfah might have to carry him straight to the temple.

    From disbelief to reluctant acceptance—once Theerak realized he’d been carried into Muenfah’s room to sleep, his already flushed face heated up even more. If he stayed close for even one more second, his heart would surely give out. So, he decided to get up and prepare to leave the room.

    “I will walk you out, right?”

    “Alright.”

    “Then wait outside for me, okay? Let me get ready first.”

    “Okay.”

    “…”

    “Stubborn little one…”

    Theerak paused mid-step as he walked toward the door of Muenfah’s bedroom. Just a few more steps and he’d be out, but the deep, low voice calling him made him turn back around.

    “Yes, Phii Fah?”

    “Your phone…”

    Muenfah, sitting cross-legged on the bed, picked up Theerak’s phone— which he’d likely forgotten a moment ago—and waved it lightly. Theerak sighed at his own forgetfulness before lowering his head and walking back to the gray bed again.

    He didn’t climb onto the bed to retrieve his phone. Instead, he stood at the foot of it and reached out. Just as he was about to grab it, Muenfah—the playful one—pulled his hand back, causing Theerak to lose his balance and fall onto him.

    … I don’t know if it was the earth’s gravity or his own weight that landed us in such an awkward position. What should’ve caught him was the gray bed, not the body of the taller guy.

    Theerak blinked rapidly, staring into those sharp eyes with a trembling heart. He swallowed hard and pressed his lips together as he felt the warm breath brushing against the tip of his nose. Maybe because we were too close, neither of us dared to move. Theerak was afraid that a careless shift might cause his nose to brush against some part of Muenfah’s face.

    So he stayed still, just to be sure…

    But that was only his body.

    His heart wouldn’t stop racing…

    And right then, the black phone buzzed with a notification, slipping into the tiny space between us. Muenfah’s breath was cut off, no longer grazing the tip of Theerak’s nose.

    “You’ve got a call, stubborn little one…”

    Theerak snapped back to his senses the moment he saw who was calling. He quickly pushed himself up, grabbed the phone, and answered, “I’m heading back now, Phii Babe.”

    [Fah called me and said you fell asleep… I’m not calling to nag or anything. Just letting you know the key’s hidden in the mailbox. Unlock it yourself when you get here, in case traffic makes you late.]

    “Okay.”

    [So, you’re leaving now, right?]

    “Y-Yes.”

    [Mhm, okay.] 

    After hanging up, Theerak sat quietly on the bed, waiting for the other to start a conversation. Getting up and leaving the room without saying anything would feel a bit rude, but what happened moments ago left him too shy to meet Muenfah’s eyes.

    “Babe called to check on you, huh?”

    “Y-Yes.” Theerak replied, avoiding looking at the other.

    “Then I will step into the bathroom first. Naughty one, wait for me just a moment, okay?”

    “Okay.”

    Theerak quickly left the room after Muenfah disappeared into the bathroom. He plopped down onto the same sofa, placed his hand over his left chest, and let out a heavy sigh.

    Don’t beat any harder than this, heart…

    My body can’t take it anymore T___T

    Knock, knock.

    But the sound of knocking at the door interrupted Theerak’s conversation with his heart. He wanted to wait for Muenfah to answer it himself, but the sound of a woman’s voice calling from behind the door made Theerak decide to get up and greet the visitor instead.

    Dad always said not to keep a woman waiting too long.

    “Fah… Is Fah there?”

    The voice calling out prompted Theerak to hurry to the large door and open it quickly. A middle-aged woman holding a wicker basket and a hanger with a shirt stood in front of the door, raising her eyebrows in curiosity. She stepped back slightly, glanced at the number on the door, and gave him a dry smile.

    “This really is Fah’s room. I thought I’d come to the wrong one…”

    “Oh, Phii Fah’s in the bathroom right now. I’ll go call him for you.”

    “No need, no need! If it’s not too much trouble, could I leave the clothes with you for Fah? I finished washing and ironing them ahead of schedule, so I stopped by to drop them off.”

    “Sure…” Theerak took a few shirts from the woman.

    “The bill for this month’s laundry is written down and tucked into the basket. Just tell Fah to transfer it to the usual account.”

    “Got it, got it.”

    “…”

    Creak!

    A sound like a door closing came from behind, making Theerak guess that the room’s owner had finished his business. He turned his gaze from the woman in front of him to confirm.

    It really is Muenfah.

    “Phii Fah… she brought your clothes.”

    “Did you take them for me?”

    “…” Theerak… Muenfah’s never called me like this before. Why’s he suddenly using my full name? “Uh, yes.”

    Muenfah, who had walked up to the door, quickly grabbed the shirts and the wicker basket from him, then turned to the woman standing there.

    “Should I transfer it to the usual account, or would you prefer cash, Phii

    Saa?”

    “Whatever’s convenient for you, Fah.”

    “Then I’ll give you cash instead.” Both of Muenfah’s hands were full with the clothes and basket. He nodded toward his pants pocket and said, “Theerak, grab my wallet for me, please.”

    “Uh, yes.”

    “Grab carefully, okay… not like that time.”

    Theerak, who was earnestly searching for a wallet, froze at that suggestive remark. “Phii Fah!!!”

    “Heh heh.”

    By now, Muenfah’s branded wallet was in his hands. The owner had told him to take out a thousand baht for the lady. Theerak sneakily caught a glimpse of a childhood photo of Muenfah and couldn’t help but let out a laugh.

    Tiny Muenfah…

    Standing so stiff like he’s posing for an ID card.

    He was so small as a kid… how did he get so big now?

    “I didn’t bring any cash with me, Khun Fah. I don’t have any change to give you.” the lady said.

    “Just keep it… add it to next month’s.” Muenfah replied.

    “Thank you so much!”

    “You’re welcome.”

    “Then I’ll excuse myself now…”

    Theerak shifted his gaze from the childhood photo of Muenfah. He bowed his head and flashed a smile at the lady before turning back to the tall figure who was walking off to put away some clothes. Theerak closed the door and quickly strode after Muenfah.

    “Phii Fah, Phii Fah! You were so small as a kid… how did you get so big now?”

    “Mama saw that I was small as a kid, so she made me drink lots of milk and eat only healthy stuff.”

    “So when did you start getting so big, Phii Fah?”

    The curious little guy, intrigued by Muenfah’s drastic change in size, tilted his head up to ask while the taller one was busy putting clothes in the wardrobe. The fact that the tall figure didn’t answer right away gave Theerak time to glance around the room again.

    Before I knew it, I’m back in Muenfah’s room again…

    “I don’t really remember… probably around twelve when my height shot up really fast.” Muenfah answered.

    “Oh…” Theerak watched as Muenfah arranged his shirts by color, from dark to light. “Why do you have to sort your shirts like this, Phii Fah?”

    “So when I grab one, I don’t have to waste time looking for it… and it looks neat too.”

    “You’re so organized, Phii Fah!”

    “Done now.”

    “What about the clothes in the basket, Phii Fah? Aren’t you going to put them away?”

    “I’ll take you home first, little troublemaker. I can come back and deal with them later.”

    “Is there a lot?”

    “Yeah, I have to sort them too.”

    “Oh…”

    Muenfah gave a small smile before reaching out to ruffle his hair.

    “Anything else you want to know?”

    “Nope… I’m not curious anymore.”

    “Then I will take you home now, little troublemaker.”

    “Okay!”

    We left the condo around 9 PM, and since traffic was light, Theerak made it home in less than two hours. He was about to reach for his seatbelt to get out of the car—like every other time when he could never beat Muenfah to it. The other guy was always faster, like right now, when Muenfah unbuckled Theerak’s seatbelt for him.

    “Thanks, Phii Fah…”

    “You’re welcome.”

    “Then I’m heading off now, okay?”

    “Sure…”

    “…” Theerak, who was about to open the car door to step out, suddenly remembered something and turned back to the person beside him. “Did you forget something, Phii Fah…?”

    If we’re really close now Muenfah would know what he forgot…

    “Good night, stubborn one.”

    Theerak smiled faintly before saying, “Good night to you too, Sky.” We’re really close now, aren’t we?

     

     

    #However Many Thousand Skies M.FAH: Done with class yet?

    Theerak: Still checking attendance.

    Theerak: Is Sky hungry already?

    M.FAH: I’m craving crispy pork basil with fried egg.

    Theerak: Wait a sec, Phii Fah. Once attendance is done, Rak will head out right away.

    M.FAH: Okay,    

    Theerak put his phone down on the lecture table and turned his attention back to a small white piece of paper, once again. He wrote something on it and rolled it up to resemble a cigarette. For the past three days, he’d been giving Muenfah two cigarettes a day, but since Theerak hadn’t kept track of how many he had, they ran out without him noticing.

    This morning, Muenfah sent him a picture of breakfast as usual. Normally, he’d get a cigarette as a reward. But they were all gone now. Still, Theerak wanted to reward good boy Muenfah, so he found something to replace the cigarettes.

    Honestly, he could just buy a new pack for Muenfah But really… he didn’t want him to smoke that much.

    Theerak told Muenfah straight up that the cigarettes he had were gone and comforted the guy who’d made the effort to wake up for breakfast. He said he’d prepared a special kind of cigarette for Muenfah today, so Muenfah decided to come have lunch with him.

    “What are you doing, chubby-cheeks?”

    “Making cigarettes for Phii Fah, duh.”

    “Making cigarettes for my bro?”

    “Mhm… the cigarettes Phii Fah left with me are all gone, but today our good boy Muenfah ate breakfast, so even though the cigarettes are out, we’ve got to reward him.”

    “Oh, wow… how much do you care about him?” Type said.

    “I don’t even do this much for my own boyfriend, you chubby-cheeked fool…”

    “You’re such a useless girlfriend, Joy.”

    “Mind your own business, Type.”

    “So you’re really giving Phii Fah these paper cigarettes?…It’s like you’re tricking a kid.”

    “I’m not tricking him, Li… I believe Phii Fah will be impressed when he sees them.”

    “Alright, alright. I won’t interrupt your wild imagination.”

    “Li… Phii Fah’s joining us for lunch today.”

    “The cafeteria’s gonna explode for sure if Phii Fah eats there during lunch break…” Joy said.

    “For real, Phii Fah never eats at the uni, dude.”

    “He’s eaten here before… I saw him eating with Phii Dom that one time.” Panli chimed in.

    The small guy carefully rolling paper didn’t pay much attention to his friends’ conversation. Theerak tucked the special cigarettes he’d made into his shirt pocket before getting up to check his name off at the professor’s desk.

    Once all the students had checked in and submitted their work, the professor dismissed them. Theerak and Panli walked out of the classroom with the rest of their classmates. Meanwhile, Joy and Type split off to eat outside with their partners from different faculties, heading in another direction.

    “Hey… why are Phii Fah and the others here?”

    “Maybe they’re waiting to meet a professor…”

    “Then why not go to the faculty office? Coming up to the tenth floor, they’ll only run into juniors. The professors are all gone by now.”

    “How should I know? Let’s go wait by the elevator—maybe we can ride down with them.”

    The small guy trailing behind a group of female friends glanced toward the elevator. Theerak accidentally let a smile slip when he spotted Muenfah standing there, chatting with two other seniors.

    “Are you that happy? Just seeing my brother makes you smile?”

    “Huh? Was I smiling, Li?” he asked, pressing his lips together to hide it.

    “Yeah, you were…”

    Muenfah, standing with his arms crossed while talking to Phii Tim, glanced over at him. The moment their eyes met, Muenfah flashed that same familiar smile. Though Theerak had let a smile slip unconsciously when he saw Muenfah, the morning-sun-like smile directed at him now made it clear the other hadn’t done so by accident.

    “Have you been waiting long, Phii Fah?”

    “Not long.”

    “Not long, my ass, Fah… my legs are stiff from standing here.” one of them grumbled.

    “Then why’d you tag along, huh?”

    “Because all our other friends ditched us to eat with their partners.”

    “Yeah, Dom took Babe out to eat. So me and Ball had no choice but to follow you.”

    “Yep. Me and Tim don’t have partners like the rest of them. And you…”

    “I’m here to eat with my stubborn little one…” Muenfah replied with a calm expression and steady tone. “You guys should go eat with your own close buddies.”

    “Speaking like this… Li, still come eat with us?”

    “Of course, we’re all going together anyway… we’re all close, right, Phii Fah?” Theerak spoke up when he noticed Muenfah starting to get annoyed from all the questions. He probably felt awkward too, with several secondyear juniors waiting for the elevator staring at him nonstop.

    “I’m only close with my naughty one.” Muenfah replied.

    “How does your real little brother, Panli, feel about that?” Tim asked, holding his hand near Panli’s mouth as if interviewing a celebrity.

    “I’m used to it… On this planet, Phii Fah doesn’t care about anyone except his naughty one.” Panli said.

    “Enough, tease him too much and you’ll all get a kick… The elevator’s almost here.” Ball chimed in.

    Theerak turned to smile at the tall figure standing there with a blank expression. Muenfah smiled back and raised an eyebrow at him. If it weren’t for the sudden commotion from their classmates on the other side, Theerak might’ve lost his composure from Muenfah’s playful demeanor. He frowned, watching the group of girls chattering quietly among themselves. They were far enough away that he couldn’t tell what caused their excited squeals.

    “The elevator’s here, hurry up, you guys…”

    “Come on, chubby-cheeks!”

    Phii Ball, Phii Tim, and Panli rushed into the elevator as soon as the doors opened, followed by several other classmates squeezing into the rectangular box. Theerak waited until everyone else had gone in before turning to the tall figure who clearly didn’t want to join this round.

    “Hey, Fah… get in quick!”

    “Yeah, there’s exactly two spots left, come on, chubby-cheeks!” Panli waved him into the elevator. The eyes of everyone inside were pressuring the two of them.

    “Naughty one… should we wait for the next round?”

    “…” Theerak knew Muenfah didn’t like chaos, which meant he probably disliked crowded, people-filled places like this. But Theerak believed that if he was there with him, Muenfah would feel at ease. “Sky trusts Sea, right?

    Let’s go together.”

    Theerak grabbed the tall figure’s hand and pulled him into the elevator. He let Muenfah stand in the corner next to Phii Ball so he wouldn’t have to squeeze with strangers, while Theerak stood beside him, facing Panli at the elevator door.

    Once the doors closed completely and everyone settled into a calm silence,

    Theerak felt a large hand lightly nudge his arm. “Yes, Phii Fah…”

    “Turn to face me for a sec.”

    Theerak hid a smile, turned to Muenfah, and looked up at him. As he gazed at the other, gratitude welled up in his heart… Theerak was thankful that Muenfah trusted him. “Is Fah afraid of tight spaces?”

    “No… I just wanted to see your face up close.”

    The listener tried to stifle a laugh. Theerak stood on his tiptoes to lift himself a bit higher, bringing his face closer to the other. “Can you see clearly now, Fah?”

    “Clear enough to see those red cheeks of yours.”

    Theerak gave a small smile and nodded at the taller figure before glancing around. Even though they were speaking in voices so soft they were almost whispers, it seemed everyone in the elevator could hear every word of their conversation, as they all lowered their heads with shy smiles.

    It’s like everyone’s embarrassed about something… Normally, he chats playfully with Muenfah like this.

    Don’t people usually talk to their close friends this way? O_O

    “Damn it! The elevator’s stopping at every freaking floor. Who’s messing with the buttons?”

    “Yeah, with so many people, it’s supposed to get to the ground floor faster.”

    Two annoyed seniors complaining made the juniors in the elevator burst into laughter. Phii Ball shook his head slightly before telling Panli to press the door-close button.

    “Hey, Li, you’re closer—help out a bit. The people nearby don’t even bother moving.”

    “Yeah, Phii Fah’s even closer—why don’t you press it?”

    “My hands are busy.”

    “I see you just standing there—what are your hands doing?”

    “Supporting the little troublemaker.”

    The one who didn’t realize he was being supported glanced down at his lower body—and it was true. Both of Muenfah’s hands were holding his waist. Theerak figured it was because the touch was so light that he hadn’t noticed.

    “Fine… I give up.”

    “Yeah, Li gives up too. I’ll press it myself—it’s just closing the door, no big deal…”

    And perhaps because they were standing like this, it reminded Theerak of that moment a few days ago when they were on the bed together. When their faces were less than a hand’s width apart, Theerak shook his head to chase away that memory before his heart could start screaming too loudly.

    If I let it scream… everyone in this elevator will hear it for sure.

    T___T

    “Where’s that special formula cigarette?”

    But Muenfah’s question effectively distracted him from that day’s events. Theerak looked up at the taller figure again before pulling a white paper roll from his shirt pocket and showing it to Muenfah.

    “Here it is…”

    “Meow~… Little troublemaker, are you tricking me?”

    Meow… that ‘meow’ sound means disappointment, but it’s the cutest way of showing it in the world. Muenfah spoke in that adorable tone, pouting in his signature style. Theerak never imagined that someone as big and coolheaded with others as Muenfah could be this cute. His mission to keep his heart from screaming failed miserably—right now, that red lump of flesh was roaring so loudly it echoed through his entire nervous system.

    And it might get loud enough for others to hear…

    “What the hell are you laughing at?”

    The smaller figure, who had been bowing his head to put the paper roll away, immediately looked up upon hearing those words. Theerak couldn’t believe that the adorable Khun Muenfah could turn into the stubborn Khun Muenfah so quickly. He asked the question and stared at Phii Ball with the same calm, expressionless face he always wore.

    “Hey, Fah… acting all cute like a kitten. A guy like you doing this—who could hold back their laughter?…There goes my intimidating friend.”

    “Laugh too much, and you’ll get a foot shoved in your mouth.”

    Muenfah’s threat didn’t just affect Phii Ball—because the giggles that had been ringing out a moment ago started to quiet down, showing that his words had an impact on everyone.

    Since Theerak didn’t want Muenfah to come off as harsh in others’ eyes, he used his free hand to grab the taller guy’s face—who was glaring at Phii Ball—and turn it toward him. Theerak squeezed both of Muenfah’s cheeks with one hand, then raised his free index finger to his own lips.

    “No, no… don’t talk like that, Sky.”

    “But that jerk Ball was teasing me…”

    “I will handle Phii Ball myself… but Sky, no more rude words in the elevator, okay?”

    Muenfah didn’t respond to him. The guy kept his usual blank expression.

    “…”

    “Gonna be stubborn, huh, Sky?” he asked, frowning at the defiant one.

    “…”

    Muenfah didn’t say anything, but he wrinkled his nose once before flashing that same old smile at him. It was at that moment that Theerak let go of Muenfah’s face and gave up…

    Muenfah wrinkled his nose the way he always did, T___T.

    But why was Muenfah even cuter than him?

    So darn cute, T___T.

    He’d let him be the stubborn one for a full day…

    Theerak blinked rapidly, staring at the stubborn guy who was still smiling at him. “…”

    “Muenfah won’t be stubborn… not with Theerak anymore.”

    Theerak only just realized that an unfamiliar pronoun could make his heart race even faster. When Muenfah said that sentence, it felt like his heart was about to burst out and land right in front of him. But everything returned to normal again because of Phii Ball’s voice.

    “Woo-hoo”

    “Woo-hoo what, Ball?” Tim asked.

    “Just happy we finally reached the first floor… the sweet moments in the elevator it is like it was crawling with ants. I’m seriously scared they’ll bite my balls.”

    “Would ants even find your balls, Phii Ball? They’re so tiny…” Panli said before walking out of the elevator, laughing. All the juniors cracked up until Phii Ball’s face turned red with embarrassment.

    “You little punk… as savage as your damn brother.”

    …Even though everyone was joking around so much, the tall guy walking beside him still wore the same calm, neutral expression. Theerak was now convinced that, besides him, no one else could make Sky smile.

     

    #However Many Thousand Skies

    “Here… my special cigarette.” Theerak said as he handed the rolled cigarette to the person sitting beside him. Muenfah took it and immediately tucked it into his shirt pocket. “Not curious at all, Phii Fah?”

    The guy, who was busy eating his crispy pork basil with fried egg, didn’t reply and just shook his head slightly.

    “…”

    “It’s really special, you know. Be a little curious”

    “What’s in it?”

    “Phii Fah, why don’t you take it out and have a look…”

    Panli, who was eating his meal, looked up at his older brother and close friend sitting so close their shoulders almost touched. Phii Fah put down his spoon and pulled out the paper cigarette that the chubby-cheeked guy had painstakingly made, examining it. Panli let out a small smile when he saw his best friend get so excited that he unconsciously rested his face against Phii Fah’s arm.

    It’s that cute…

    Phii Fah would be crazy not to love him.

    “What the heck are they playing at?” Ball, dying of curiosity, whispered to Panli.

    “They’re flirting—why do you have to butt in, Phii?”

    “Hey, Li, there you go again… I’m your senior, you know!”

    “Well, you’re nosy, Phii…”

    “Fine, I don’t need to know.”

    Panli chuckled softly before glancing at someone eating alone. “I’ll be right back…”

    “Where are you going?”

    “To eat with a friend…”

    “Wait—which friend?”

    “That one…” Panli pointed at a guy from the aviation faculty sitting not too far away, then grabbed his plate to get up.

    “Where’s dog-face Li off to now?”

    “To eat with Klai… Klai’s sitting alone.”

    “Oh… tell Klai I miss him tons, okay?”

    “Mhm.”

    Theerak nodded at his best friend as he left the table. He’d never known Panli was close enough with Klai to eat together. Theerak watched Panli sit across from Klai for a moment before turning his attention back to his stubborn Muenfah as usual.

    “Have you found what’s special about it yet, Phii Fah?”

    “…” Muenfah unrolled the paper cigarette and smiled when he saw the message written inside.

    Theerak grinned before reading it aloud, “Thank you, my talented Fah…

    Thank you for waking up to eat breakfast every day.”

    “Yeah…” Muenfah smiled and reached out to gently pat his head. “Thank you too… Thanks for always cheering me on.”

    “Yesss.”

    Ball leaned toward Tim and whispered, “Hey, Tim, I didn’t put sugar in my noodles… so why’s it so sweet around here?”

    “Forget your noodles—my eyes are about to get diabetes from this.” Tim whispered back, watching his best friend and the junior exchange smiles. Tim wasn’t jealous or annoyed—he just wished the two would spare a thought for single folks like them…

     

    #However Many Thousand Skies

    After lunch, Theerak had to return to his photography class. Today, the professor was collecting a major assignment where students had to capture photos from sunrise to sunset.

    That piece of work—the one tied to his memories with Muenfah.

    “Here’s yours, Nong Rak… it’s done.”

    “Thanks… How much is it, Auntie?” Theerak walked over to pick up the freshly printed A4-sized photo from the shop owner.

    “Just one sheet, thirty baht.”

    “Here you go… Thank you so much!”

    “You’re welcome.”

    “Hey, chubby-cheeks, wait for me! Mine’s not done yet.”

    “Mmm… I’m waiting.”

    “Joy’s taking forever… Let’s go, chubby-cheeks, don’t wait for her.”

    “How could you, Type? Friends wait for each other.”

    Type laughed before turning to Panli, who was standing there playing with his phone. “You done yet?”

    “Yeah… Hurry up, you guys.”

    “Why’d you finish so fast?”

    “I came to do it right after eating.”

    “Dog-faced Li snuck here alone, didn’t he…”

    “No…”

    “Then who’d you come with?”

    “Someone close…”

    “Close how?”

    “Mind your own business.” Panli said, then sat down on a wooden chair.

    “‘Close’ means Phii Dom’s cousin… You wouldn’t know him, Type.”

    “I really love you, chubby-cheeks… Other friends always throw rude crap at me, but you’re the only one who says cute things that warm my heart every time… Come let me kiss your head.”

    “No way… I haven’t washed my hair. You’ll faint.”

    “Haha, chubby-cheeks is freaking adorable.”

    The complimented one gave a shy smile before walking over to sit at a long wooden table since more people were starting to fill the shop. He’d finished his task and figured he should make space for others to work comfortably.

    “Chubby-cheeks, come sit next to me… Why’d you go sit so far away?”

    “Too lazy to move now.”

    “Just admit you’re scared I’ll pinch your cheeks…”

    Theerak smiled and nodded in acknowledgment before looking at the photo in his hand. The last image of a sunset reminded him of someone. The reason he chose to sit farther from Panli wasn’t because he feared getting his cheeks pinched, as his friend assumed, but because he wanted to quietly seek encouragement from that someone.

    He pulled his black phone out of his pants pocket. Theerak tapped his fingers on the screen before sending a message to the close friend he’d parted ways with at noon.

    Theerak: Phii Fah… M.FAH: Yes?

    Theerak: Have you gone to class yet, Phii Fah? M.FAH: The professor hasn’t arrived yet.

    Theerak: Then can I ask you something, Phii Fah? M.FAH: Sure.

    Theerak: I’m about to submit my photo project.

    Theerak smiled… a wide smile as he typed this question.

    Theerak: Would the sky like to be the sea for me for a day?

    M.FAH: send a voice

    Theerak pressed play to listen to the voice message the other sent…

       ‘Heh heh, Phii Fah is cheering you on… whoosh~ whoosh~ Okay, you talented one?’

    And Theerak grinned even wider when Khun Thong Fah agreed to be the sea for him for a day.

    Theerak: Thank you, Phii Fah! M.FAH: You’re welcome. 

    For the first time, Theerak felt his heart overflowing with encouragement. For the first time, he smiled while his heart raced. He played Muenfah’s message again, and it was at that moment he realized that Muenfah was a close friend who had a profound influence on his heart.

    Muenfah wasn’t just the sky.

    To him right now… Muenfah could be both the sky and the sea.

     

    “Good work.”

    “Thank you, Professor.”

    Theerak bowed his head to the professor who praised him while handing over his project. He turned and walked out of the long line, heading straight toward Panli, who was waiting at the back of the room. Meanwhile, Type and Joy, whose student IDs were among the first in line, had already submitted their work and left earlier.

    “How are you getting back, chubby-cheeks?”

    “With Phii Babe… but she just messaged me on LINE, saying to wait at the bingsu shop downstairs first because she has a quiz, and the professor might let them out a bit late.”

    “Oh… then I’ll go keep you company.”

    “No, it’s fine! You need to hurry and buy those football boots…”

    “Screw it. If I don’t make it in time, I’ll just wear my old pair.”

    “But this morning you said you’re playing football tomorrow… and your old pair isn’t in good shape anymore. Just go—I’ll be fine.”

    “If I’m not worried about you, then who am I supposed to worry about…”

    Theerak followed Panli out of the classroom. During the lecture, he’d noticed his friend browsing football boots the whole time, saying he’d rush to buy a new pair of cleats after class because he had a match with the seniors tomorrow.

    Apparently, it’s some important annual football competition or something…

    “Is it a serious football match, Li?”

    “You could say it’s serious… but also not really. How do I explain it?”

    “Is it that complicated?”

    “I think someone’s waiting to explain it to you…” Theerak followed Panli’s gaze, which was fixed on someone nearby.

    “Phii Fah…”

    “…” Muenfah smiled at him before walking over. “You’ve submitted your work, right?”

    “Yes… What’s you doing on this floor?”

    Came to keep the stubborn one company.”

    “Great, then I’ll head off first, Phii Fah… I’m going to buy some soccer cleats. Tomorrow I won’t have any to wear for the match.”

    “Sure.”

    “See ya, chubby-cheeks.”

    “Uh, yeah…” Theerak replied to his friend before turning back to the taller guy. “You came to keep me company?”

    “Yes, Dom said Babe’s call would end soon, and you would probably be waiting under the building alone, so I came to keep you company.”

    “Oh… And is Phii Dom waiting for Phii Babe in front of the classroom?”

    “Yes, Dom said his girlfriend needs extra encouragement today because the exam’s tough, so he’s sitting outside the exam room to cheer her on.”

    “That couple’s as cute as ever…”

    “Where should we wait for Babe?”

    “Since you went out of your way to be my ocean today… I will treat you to some bingsu as a thank you.”

    “Alright.”

    Theerak took Muenfah to the bingsu shop under the faculty building. He ordered a big, fully loaded bingsu bowl for Muenfah, but the guy only took a few bites before giving up, leaving Theerak to tackle the mango bingsu all by himself.

    “Ugh… If you don’t like sweets, you should’ve told me. Now my tummy’s about to burst.”

    “Heh, sorry about that.”

    I’ll forgive you.”

    “Stubborn one…”

    “Yes?” Theerak, who was scooping shaved ice into his mouth, looked up at the taller guy sitting across from him. Muenfah called out to him with a tone and expression so unusually calm.

    “Tomorrow, Panli doesn’t have class, and you don’t either, right?”

    “…Yeah, I don’t think so.” he replied, frowning as he thought it over, then added, “Nope, no classes. No make-up classes either.”

    “Tomorrow, I have a soccer match with some high school friends. Actually, some university friends are playing too.”

    “Okay…”

    “Would it be okay if I asked you to come cheer for me?”

    “…”

    “Sitting and cheering from the sidelines.”

    “…Panli’s playing too, right?”

    “Yes, I play soccer with old friends every year. It’s not a big deal, just a casual game, but my friends take it so seriously—like they’re competing in the World Cup—so everyone prepares really well.”

    “Oh… so it’s like a battle for pride, right?” Theerak asked, laughing.

    “Yeah, something like that… Winning doesn’t get you anything, but losing means you have to treat the other team to drinks.”

    “That’s pretty cool, though. It’s like a yearly reunion for school friends to get together.”

    Yeah. Most of them are at different universities, but they all show up every year because of the soccer match.”

    “…”

    “And every year, my friends like bringing someone close to them to cheer from the sidelines.”

    Theerak grinned when he realized why Muenfah had asked him with that calm expression and steady tone—he was probably worried about a rejection. “I’m someone close to you.”

    “…”

    “I’ll definitely cheer for my sky ~”

    Muenfah gave a small smile before saying, “Thank you, my sea.”

    “With pleasure. I’ll be there on the sidelines giving you all my energy… Actually, I used to play soccer in high school, but I fell and rolled across the field after getting tackled by the other team. I was so embarrassed that I haven’t really liked playing since.”

    “Heh.”

    “So, the uni friends you mentioned—are Phii Dom and them included?”

    “Yeah, Dom and Ball are part of it. They know my friends too, so we’ve been playing together since freshman year. Panli’s the only junior who made it into the group—his skills are so good that my friends snatched him up for the team.”

    “I can’t believe Panli’s that good at soccer.”

    “So, tomorrow, are you coming with Babe, stubborn little one?”

    “If Phii Babe’s going, I’ll go with her.”

     

     

    “Okay.”

    “I…” Theerak turned toward the familiar voice calling him. He smiled when he saw Phii Babe and Phii Dom walking over.

    “Babe… tomorrow, can you bring me to cheer at the soccer match? Do you mind?”

    Babe blinked a few times before nodding. “Uh, sure, sure.”

    “How many years has it been since someone came to cheer for you, huh, Fah?” Dom teased.

    “A first year is coming to cheer.”

    Theerak smiled at Muenfah, who turned to look at him. “I’ll cheer for Phii Fah with everything I’ve got.”

     

    #However Many Thousand Skies

    “What are you doing, Rak?…Not going down to grab some snacks?”

    “I’ll go eat after I’m done.”

    “Moogrob is waiting to hang out with you too, you know.”

    Babe stood at the open bedroom door, watching her little brother working on something at his desk before stepping closer to take a look.

    “I’m making a cheer sign for Phii Fah…”

    “Oh, wow… you’re putting in this much effort?”

    “I heard you and Phii Dom talking on the car about how Phii Fah’s the only one who’s never had anyone cheer for him in two years.”

    “Yeah… but that’s because Fah never invites anyone. Usually, the people sitting by the field are either girlfriends… or someone important.”

    Theerak shifted his gaze from the editing program in front of him and looked up at his older sister. “I-I’m a close friend too, right?”

    “Right… a close friend important enough for Fah to invite you to meet his old school buddies.”

    “…”

    “Fah’s letting you come cheer him on like this… so give him lots of encouragement, okay?”

    “Of course, Phii Babe!”

    “When you’re done, come downstairs for some snacks.”

    “Okay!”

    Theerak nodded and turned back to finish making the cheer sign for Muenfah. He smiled to himself as he looked at the encouraging words on the computer screen:

    ‘Fah, shoo ~ shoo ~’

    Encouragement as vast as the sea Theerak will pour it all out for Fah.

    TBC

     

    YOURSKY CHAPTERS HOME

  • YOURSKY, Chapter 13

    YOURSKY, Chapter 13

       YOURSKY, Chapter 13

    I grabbed a navy-blue shirt hanging in the wardrobe and put it on. My pants were still the same ones from earlier. After taking photos, we hung out on the rooftop for another hour. When we returned to the room to get our things, my stubborn one chased me off to shower because he saw the sweat soaking my back. The humid weather that had just started after 7 p.m. made someone like me, who gets hot easily, get nagged at. He insisted I shower before I dropped him off at home.

    Even though he denied that anything was wrong, he said he wanted me to feel more comfortable. He was afraid I’d get annoyed if he left me feeling sticky and sweaty. He knew full well that I wouldn’t head back to my condo right away, and he was right. After dropping him off at his place, I’d stop by the restaurant afterward. I hurriedly got dressed, worried that he’d have to wait too long. His face looked visibly tired, and my stubborn self probably just wanted to rest already. I grabbed my phone and wallet from the nightstand and prepared to leave the room. However, a framed photo of him from his freshman initiation ceremony, placed on the shelf beside the bed, brought back memories of that time…

    “Yeah, I’ve turned into the university already.”

       [Hurry up, Fah, the professor’s already here.]

    “Yeah.” 

    I turned the steering wheel into the parking lot, but an elderly woman forced me to stop the car abruptly. She was walking out from the open area without looking at the traffic. I guessed this grandma had never been here before, judging by the confused look on her face and her disoriented demeanor. I unbuckled my seatbelt, preparing to get out and help her. Even though I barely had any time left for myself, if I didn’t help her, who would? 

    “Grandma! Where are you headed?”

    “I’m going to rest at the canteen, dear. Where is it?”

    “It’s over there, Grandma. Let me take you.”

    The car door I’d cracked open to step out was pulled shut when the grandma received help from a young boy. Judging by the green polo shirt he was wearing, I could tell he was a junior in my faculty. I watched the small figure supporting the grandma as he guided her away from the area. But before they walked past the front of my car, the junior bowed his head slightly as a gesture of thanks for waiting and letting them pass.

    At that moment, I didn’t return the gesture because I knew he couldn’t see me through the dark tint of my windows. And I realized I’d been staring at his cute, paint-covered face. The tip of his upturned nose was dotted with a red circle, both of his white cheeks had three dusty-colored streaks like cat whiskers, and the way his front hair was tied up revealed three small pink hearts in the middle of his forehead.

    I didn’t know how to define the person in front of me. At first, seeing the red nose and dusty whiskers, I thought he’d make a perfect kitten. But the three hearts on his forehead made me reconsider. I’d never met a guy with such an adorable face before, and perhaps it was his small frame that made him even more endearing. But all my thoughts came to a halt when a bright smile appeared on his face.

    While my thoughts stopped, something inside my body kept moving. It rushed from my brain down to the left side of my chest, and suddenly, it made my heart beat faster. I quickly averted my gaze from the person in front of me as an unusual sensation took over my body. I thought maybe I’d drunk too much alcohol the night before, causing my body to release some kind of chemical.

    I didn’t know what that chemical was.

    But it made my heart race again…

    I drove and parked my car after that junior led the old lady out of the parking lot. Then I glanced at the tattoo under my forearm, which I had gotten just a few weeks before the semester started. The redness around the Chinese characters meaning “love” served as a reminder that not long ago, I was on the verge of losing faith in love. I decided to get the word “love” tattooed to serve as a constant reminder that I once believed in it.

    Perhaps it was because of a love that ended that made me not want to fall in love again. I didn’t want to feel bad or like something was missing from my life. This reason made me try to distance myself from love until I started to believe that some people might be able to live without it. And I believed I could live without love too. Even with Jam, whom I once loved deeply, all that remained now was a bond in the form of friendship.

    So, I chose to give up… to stop believing that I could love someone again.

    Yet, the rapid heartbeat I felt earlier made me question myself once more. Had I truly lost faith in love, or was I just afraid of getting hurt, which led me to convince myself otherwise? Perhaps I had let past experiences weigh down my heart until it became numb, as if I felt nothing. But deep down, my heart was still waiting to welcome someone. And the truth was, I might want someone to come and help me deal with the fear that had accumulated and settled in my heart for so long.

    Just someone to come and clear away the sediment of these feelings and help put love back where it belongs…

    Two weeks after encountering that junior, I had to admit that I couldn’t stop thinking about his smile. It was an image etched in my mind that I couldn’t shake off. The sound of his voice echoing in my head before bed was still manageable—I could drown it out by playing loud music. But the vivid memory that came when I closed my eyes was something I couldn’t erase, no matter what I tried.

    In the end, I stopped resisting and went looking for him. Although he wasn’t wearing a name tag that day, it was fortunate that he was wearing his faculty shirt, which made him easier to find. I just had to sneak around the freshman orientation booth in the evening, and I found him.

    That’s when I learned his name was “Theerak.”

    … I’m not sure if it was because of the name tag, adorned with tiny hearts drawn by his seniors out of affection, or because of his cute name that made me unintentionally smile the first time I saw it.

    “After class, where are you going, Fah? Want to grab some shabu with us?”

    “I have to hurry to the restaurant. There are a lot of VIP customers tonight.”

    “Oh-ho, working this hard, where do you stash all that money, buddy?”

    “Tease him too much, and you’ll get scolded, you jerk Ball.”

    “Haha, don’t scold me, Fah. I’m just kidding around.”

    “Yeah, I’m heading out. See you tomorrow.”

    “Bye.”

    After seeing him the first time, the second and third times followed. Now, I don’t even know how many times it’s been, but I still hurriedly walk to the parking lot under the building, sit in my car for a while to make sure the four of them have gone their separate ways. Only Ball has to go to the orientation booth every evening since he’s part of the activities team. Once I’m sure the other three are no longer on campus and Ball has gone to the booth, I get out of the car and take my spot under the earleaf acacia tree across from the orientation area. Though it’s a bit far, I can still see the freshman activities.

    Sometimes, I have to step back even further from the tree because Ball has sharp eyes.

    At first, I didn’t believe that I was interested in him, and I thought it was unlikely that I could fall in love with Theerak because I had never liked a guy before. I tried to find a reason why his smile made my heart race, but I couldn’t come up with an answer, so I assumed it was because I had never met a guy with such a cute face and a bright smile. Maybe encountering something new and unusual was what caused these feelings, but only for a short time. I thought they would fade away soon.

    However, a conflicting feeling arose within me—the realization that I might be lying to myself. If he was just something novel that sparked temporary feelings and would soon disappear, I should be able to live without thinking about him. After that, I stopped everything. I stopped sneaking glances at him at the faculty booth and tried not to think about him. Even though I could manage, the vivid images that flashed through my mind whenever I closed my eyes made me realize I was forcing myself.

    For the past week, I’ve still been thinking about him… Thinking about the time he came out to dance to a hip-hop song and laughed with his friends. The time he volunteered to take a sick female friend to the infirmary. The time he sat singing loudly in a row. The time he raised his hands to thank the uncle who cleared the plates in the cafeteria. The time he sat chatting with friends during a break from the seniors. The time he stood waiting for crispy pork basil rice with a fried egg at the food stall. The time he ran up the escalator with a panicked look instead of taking the elevator because he was late. And it was at that moment that I got my answer… It was possible. I had fallen in love with him.

    Once I was certain that I had fallen for him, the symptoms of love hit me hard. It made me think about him nonstop. I had to come and secretly watch him every evening, like today. My role as someone who secretly loves him is to watch him from a distance, with a cigarette as my loyal companion and a tamarind tree as my confidant. On days when that guy Ball pinches his cheeks or touches him too much, the tamarind tree has to listen to me curse a little more. But on days when he’s just called out to dance and then sent back to his seat without Ball touching his cheeks, I smoke quietly and feel at ease.

    Luckily, my faculty’s hazing isn’t too harsh. Otherwise, my secret crush on him would have been exposed long ago. If someone treated him too harshly, I wouldn’t just stand by and watch. But because everything has stayed within acceptable limits, I’ve been able to secretly watch him without interfering for months. I admit I don’t dare approach him or flirt with him because I’m afraid of being rejected. I can’t forget that we’re both guys, and that makes everything even harder. Matters of the heart are delicate and complicated, too difficult to explain.

    I can’t make everyone understand it deeply, but I can only say that I feel… It would be great if our hearts were in sync, but if everything were that simple, I think there wouldn’t be anyone shedding tears in this world. I know full well that this love of mine is a difficult matter. I have to think carefully about everything before taking any action, including keeping this a secret and not telling a single soul, partly to protect him from many things.

    Even though I know it’s unlikely to happen, I will try. I’ll try to make him fall in love with me someday. I don’t know how hard it is to make someone fall in love with you, but from my experience of falling for him, it seems easy. With just his smile and his personality, I fell into his trap and can’t find a way out. But even if I did find a way out, I wouldn’t leave him.

    Because ever since I fell in love with him, my old world changed. Theerak brought more than just black and white into my world. He made me realize that life is more than just studying and working. He made me look up at the sky during the day, something I never liked doing before. He made me smile more until it started feeling natural. He made me believe in the word “love” again and want to be a better person for this love. He gave me strength on days when I felt so exhausted I could barely go on.

    Theerak did all of this… without even realizing it.

    And that’s the most precious memory I’ve kept carefully hidden. The image of the first time I met him is still vivid in my mind, and when I think back to those moments when I started falling in love, his gentle voice echoes in my ears as if I’ve returned to that time again.

    Now, I don’t need to look at this picture and replay those memories to ease my longing, because the person I miss every day is sitting outside waiting for me. I shake my head lightly at myself, unable to hold back a smile. I must be too happy about being promoted to someone close to him, which is why I can’t stop grinning.

    He probably doesn’t know how fast my heart beats when…

    When the horizon meets the edge of the sea; When I was promoted to someone close; And even now, it’s still beating fast.

    I step out of the room to take him home, but the sight in front of me makes me smile again. The stubborn one, wearing a long-sleeved white shirt and cream slacks, is fast asleep on the sofa. I stop to look at the smaller figure before deciding to step out onto the balcony to call Dom.

    The reason I’ll give my friend is that I don’t want to wake him and want to let him sleep a bit longer before taking him home. But the real reason, for someone as greedy and secretly in love as me, is that I want to sit and watch him a little longer. Today, I might be asking for too much, as if no matter how much I get, it’s never enough.

    But… yes, I admit it.

    When I’m with you, my sea… it’s never enough.

    [Where are you at, Fah?]

    “I went to shower, and when I came out, he was asleep.”

    [Why did you shower? And why is he asleep… Don’t tell me…]

    “Stop it, you jerk. I’m not that bad.”

    [You scared me, you ass. I thought you got bold once I gave you the green light.]

    “…”

    [Even though I’ve known for a while that you’ve liked him, as his older brother-in-law to be I’m not letting you pass this stage so easily.]

    I laugh at his teasing tone before saying, “I was sweating a lot, so he told me to shower before taking him home. But I guess I took too long, and he fell asleep.”

    [Wow, what if he wakes up at midnight? You’re asking for too much,

    Fah. You’re hoping for a lot, huh?]

    “You see through everything, but you can never keep up with your own wife.”

    [Don’t say that… Call it pretending to be dumb to keep her happy.]

    “One more hour.”

    […]

    “Can I have that?”

    [I don’t know, talk to Babe yourself… Oh, you, Fah called to extend the time again.]

    I shook my head, wanting to scold my close friend who never dared to make decisions on his own. He always had to ask permission from his girlfriend, Theerak, first. Babe knew everything about my secret crush on him because Dom spilled the secret after being grilled at the barbecue party. That made me feel nervous whenever I talked to Babe, knowing how protective she was of her little brother.

    “…”

    [What did he say, Muenfah?]

    “He’s asleep, and I didn’t want to wake him… Can we let him sleep for another hour?”

    [And if we say no?]

    “Then I’d have to wake him up and take him back.”

    [Honestly, we don’t want him to stay longer.]

    “…”

    [But we feel for the one secretly in love… One more hour, that’s it.]

    “Okay.”

    [Promise you won’t sneak a kiss while he’s asleep.]

    “Mm.”

    [Okay… No more extensions.]

    “Yes.”

    I hung up the phone and put it in my pants pocket before walking over to sit on the floor in front of him. I smiled, wondering how I could possibly sneak a kiss on this stubborn little one when he looked so adorable while sleeping. Just sitting and gazing at him was enough to make me happy.

    But it’s not that I didn’t feel those other urges. I’m just a normal person, after all. When I got to be close to Theerak, I couldn’t deny that I wanted to do more than just talk. I wanted to hug him, smell him, kiss him, and do so many other things. But if I chose to satisfy my own desires without caring about how he felt, if I did that, I’d only be loving myself… not truly loving him.

    And because I truly love him, I chose to do everything indirectly. I confessed my love through song lyrics, expressed it through song titles, and kissed him through a Coke can. Even though those actions weren’t direct ways of letting him know, they still made my heart race.

    Even now, when I wanted to kiss the tip of his nose, all I could do was gently brush it with my index finger. No matter how much I wanted to kiss his forehead, all I could do was brush away the hair that fell over his face. But none of this felt forced or like I was holding back.

    I was willing to do it and stay this way.

    I would wait… even if, in the end, I couldn’t do more than this.

    But I would stay… standing in the same place forever.

    I sat watching him on the sofa for dozens of minutes without getting up to go anywhere. Seeing him with this sofa reminded me of a time that caused me immense suffering. I still hadn’t forgotten the pain from that day because it served as a reminder of how much I had to overcome—various emotions— to love him wholeheartedly up to this day. And even though it was painful, I never thought of erasing it from my memory…

    “Hey, Fah, tomorrow we have a pre-exam in the afternoon, dude.”

    “Remind yourself first.”

    “Yeah, and you too, you jerk Ball, always showing up late.”

    “Stop cursing me and go pick up your girlfriend already, damn Dom.”

    “Alright, I’m heading out.”

    “Why does Fah seem to be in such a good mood today?”

    “Then why didn’t you ask him before he walked off, damn Tim?”

    … Even though I had already walked away from there, I could still hear their conversation. What Tim wondered about was true. The reason I was in a good mood today was because I had decided to ask Theerak for his LINE. I

    had thought about it for several days before making this decision. This week was the last week before the semester break, and I wouldn’t see him for almost two months.

    Throughout the time I’d been watching him from a distance, I had been trying to approach and get to know him. However, starting a conversation with someone was quite difficult for me. I rehearsed greetings in my head every night before bed, but when it came time to actually talk to him, I didn’t have enough courage. I was afraid he wouldn’t be impressed with me.

    I know it’s strange…

    Strange that I’ve been watching Theerak for so long but haven’t even gotten to know him yet.

    But trust me… you can love someone without ever having spoken to them.

    If talking face-to-face was too hard, chatting through text might make it easier for us to get to know each other. With that thought in mind, I gathered the courage to ask for his LINE. Ball had just told me that lately, seniors and juniors had been exchanging LINEs a lot to discuss school matters. This method wouldn’t make him too suspicious of me. Even if he did suspect something, it wouldn’t be enough for him to figure out that I had a crush on him. Then, I could slowly build a relationship with him.

    I sat under the earleaf acacia tree as usual, waiting for the juniors to finish their activities before I’d go ask for his LINE. But today, I couldn’t sit still for long. Maybe it was because I was too excited, causing me to get up and pace back and forth nonstop. So, I had to find something to do to calm my excitement, and checking his Facebook might help settle my mind.

    Theerak’s Facebook was public, so I could keep up with his updates. Finding his profile wasn’t hard since he was friends with Ball. He was the reason I started using Facebook again after deactivating it when I broke up with Jam. I figured that once we got to know each other, I’d send him a friend request. By then, I could like his statuses and photos without worrying that he’d get suspicious. Just the thought of getting a little closer to him made me smile.

    Like right now, I wanted to like the photo he posted last night from his friend’s birthday party.

    But wait… soon enough, I’d be able to do it.

    At this moment, my heart felt like a balloon filled to the brim with gas. It swelled and floated in the air. It was a feeling I couldn’t explain. All I knew was that the more it expanded, the happier I felt…

    But as I scrolled past his latest post suddenly, that balloon burst.

    “Theerak, In a relationship with Mew.” 

    It didn’t burst because it was overfilled with happiness. Instead, it was pierced by that status, shattering right in my left chest. All I could do was stare at that sentence. No matter how much I wanted to escape the reality in front of me, I couldn’t take my eyes off it. Soon, the side effects of the balloon bursting began to cause a dull pain, spreading numbness throughout my body.

    I once thought I could accept it if he ended up with someone who wasn’t me, but today I realized I was wrong. I can’t come to terms with it at all, because deep down, I’ve always hoped that I’d be the one to possess that smile. Everything that’s happened can’t really be blamed on anyone since it’s a matter of feelings. But if I think it over again… someone did make a mistake and is being punished for it.

    That person is me.

    I was too slow… I don’t know how many steps behind the person in his heart I was, but I stumbled on my own. This must be the punishment for someone like me who lacks courage. After that day, I took a break to recover. I didn’t ask for his LINE and let time pass until the semester ended. During that time, I tried to make peace with it, constantly telling myself that even if I couldn’t be his lover, I’d have to accept whatever role I had in his life— because I couldn’t cut him out of mine.

    And this love made me realize something…

    There’s no love where you can truly prepare your heart. There’s no love where you don’t hope to possess. Because even though I warned myself to hold back, even though I told myself not to hope, I still had to take this long to heal.

    I spent all my time working, some days practically sleeping at the shop. My friend Real noticed something was off and kept pressing me for answers, but all he got was silence. I didn’t tell him anything until he eventually begged Yam to call and ask me instead. But Yam didn’t get any answers either. Not only did she not get a response, but she ended up being the one questioned.

    “Yam, I saw you post a picture with a junior named Mew on Facebook.”

    [Oh, Mew? She’s a junior from high school… she’s studying at your uni now, right? Same faculty too, I think. I’ve seen her pictures. But we haven’t talked much lately.]

    “Yeah, same faculty… Is she a good person?”

    […Do you like her, Fah? I think she might already have a boyfriend.] “No, I don’t like her. I just wanted to know if she’s nice.”

    [She’s nice. Cute, kind, one of the sweetest juniors, really.]

    “Okay…”

    [Is something up, Fah?]

    “No, nothing. I’ve got to get back to work.”

    [Alright, don’t overdo it, Fah. Call me anytime if you need to talk.]

    “Thanks.”

    I just wanted to be sure… to make sure that this girl could make my sweet person happy too. I admit I’m not a good person, because I’ve never once felt happy that they’re together. But at least I’m not a terrible one either. Because before I go to bed, I always pray for him…

    I pray that Theerak is really happy with this love.

    I pray that Theerak keeps smiling a lot, like before.

    And the last thing I pray for before sleep is… I hope he never has to feel pain from love.

    For the two months of the semester break, I didn’t hear anything about him. I deactivated my Facebook again and kept working at the restaurant to think about him less. But the food I ordered every day made me realize I never stopped thinking about him at all.

    I ordered crispy pork basil rice with fried egg every day.

    Every time I return to sleep at my condo, I like to open the secretly taken photos of him to look at them to ease my longing. This action helps me miss him less, but it also makes me suffer more at the same time. Like right now, as I’m looking at his pictures while sitting on my favorite sofa, just a few more weeks until the semester starts. I should hurry up and prepare my heart soon so that I can get to know him without other things lingering in my mind. Get to know him in any way possible, as long as I can come to terms with it…

    After looking at his pictures for a while, I prepare to lock the screen to go take a shower. However, a call comes in, making me stay and talk first.

    “What’s up, Mom?”

    [Where are you, son?]

    “Today, I came back to sleep at the condo.”

    [Li complained that you hardly come home lately.]

    “The restaurant’s been busy with lots of customers lately, Mom. I’ve been tied up.”

    [Son… is something wrong?]

    “…”

    [Fah…]

    “Mom… at the start of the semester, I fell in love with someone.”

    […]

    “If he’s not a girl… would you still love him the way I do, Mom?”

    [I don’t know how it happened, son, but the fact that you overcame every feeling and became certain that you love him… even though he’s a guy too… why wouldn’t I be able to love him?]

    “…”

    [This time… it’s really tough, isn’t it?]

    “Yes, Mom.”

    [And how are things now, son?] 

    Mom probably sensed it from my voice to ask that question. No one understands my heart like Mom does.

    “It’s completely shattered, Mom.”

    My world has fallen apart. After saying that to Mom, I feel a burning sensation in my eyes like never before, and something lodges in my throat, stopping me from speaking further.

    [My Fah’s heart… can you handle it?]

    “…”

    It’s at that moment that a teardrop falls from my eyes onto my favorite watch. The glass face is smeared with tears I didn’t even realize had fallen. I raise my hand to touch the side of my cheek and feel the dampness on my palm, making me realize…

    In truth… I probably can’t handle it.

    [Fah… if it hurts, let yourself feel the pain. No matter how much your heart hurts, let it hurt, son. But if it hurts too much to bear, just take a break. We can rest, Fah… you don’t have to force yourself to be strong all the time.]

    “…”

    [I know your personality well, Fah. You’re the eldest child, and Papa always taught you to be strong and responsible.]

    …”

    [But you can’t apply that to love, my child.]

    I have never talked to him, Ma. I can only secretly watch him… but I’ve already fallen for him so much.”

    [I understand now… it’s not strange at all that you feel this strongly for him. This time, you let him into your world, Fah. When we allow someone in, it means we have no walls.]

    “…”

    [With this person… you have no barriers protecting your feelings, Fah. And because you’ve been the one watching him all this time, you’ve fully absorbed him into yourself. That’s why you feel so much.]

    “…”

    [Right now, what is he in your world, Fah?]

    “He’s my strength, my smile, my happiness, my pain…”

    [He’s everything to you, Fah.]

    “…”

    [I won’t ask what happened to make your world collapse like this, but I want to tell you, Fah… the hardest thing is getting over your own feelings. And you’ve managed to do that until you’re confident. Even if you face something heavier than this, you’ll get through it.]

    “…”

    [And if this love really doesn’t work out… I want you to understand that even though we make him everything in our world, it doesn’t mean we’ll be everything in his world too. Because maybe he’s building a new world with someone else… we have to accept that, my child.]

    “I’m trying to accept it, Ma. You can’t force feelings… I understand that well.”

    [Because I know you’re someone who accepts reality, I’m not too worried about you, Fah.]

    “…”

    [If it’s too hard to handle right now, I want you to think back to when you first fell for him… what made you happy back then?]

    “Seeing him smile, Ma.”

    [Really, your happiness was just seeing him smile. It’s that simple, my child… In the end, no matter what role you play in his life, isn’t the most important thing being able to see him smile every day?]

    “…”

    [I believe that no matter how much you want to be the one in his heart, if it means his smile disappears… when that time comes, you’d be willing to do anything to bring his smile back.]

    “Thank you, Ma… thank you for helping me figure out how to handle my feelings.”

    [No one is stronger than love, my child.]

    “…”

    [But even so, I still hope you’ll find fulfillment, Fah… fulfillment in the sense of knowing each other, being in each other’s lives… no matter in what way.]

    “Yes, Ma.”

    [Keep fighting, my child.]

    After talking with Mom that day, I felt unbelievably better. I could think about him without feeling tormented, and I’ve started to come to terms with it. I even think that by the time the semester starts next week, I might be fully healed and able to get to know him.

    This love has taught me so many things. It made me realize that, in truth, I never really understood love, nor did I know how to love. My past relationship with Yaem, which ended, is clear proof of that. Even though I loved Yaem a lot, back then I loved myself more, and that’s why we broke up. As for this new love that just began, I still don’t know how to love properly either—because I loved him more than myself, which caused me pain.

    I don’t know what good love is supposed to be like or how to love correctly. But for now, I only know that I need to split my love equally between myself and someone else… Love him as much as I love myself, Theerak. This amount of love will help sustain a relationship forever…

    And it’s as if love wanted to toy with me again after I’d finally accepted things. I was preparing myself to get to know him, confident that I could handle whatever role he’d give me. But two days before the semester started, a junior named Mew came to drink at my shop with Yam. That’s when I found out they’d broken up three days earlier. It was Theerak who ended it, with the reason being…

    ‘We tried, Mew. I’m sorry that I couldn’t feel anything for you beyond friendship… I’m sorry.’

    Yam recounted the whole story to me after Mew left. That’s when I learned that Theerak only agreed to date Mew because circumstances forced him into it. Even though Theerak was the one who broke it off, I think both of them must feel equally bad. And besides love teasing me, it played a joke on me too—because Yaem asked me to get back together.

    “I feel like no one’s like you, Fah, anymore. Ever since we broke up, I’ve never been serious with anyone else…”

    “Yaem… I’m sorry.”

    “…”

    “Right now, I have Theerak.”

    “…Rak, Fah?”

    “The junior who was Mew’s boyfriend.”

    “Fah?”

    “Yes… He’s a guy, and I’ve already fallen for him.”

    “…”

    “I’m sorry for disappointing you.”

    “When you asked if Mew was a good person, Fah…?”

    “I just wanted to make sure he’d be happy. If he could be with someone good.”

    “…”

    A little over a week after the semester started, Theerak got close to Panli. My plan to get to know him was pushed back again because he became my little brother’s close friend, which means I have to think everything through even more carefully now. Panli is someone who loves his family and friends deeply. If I’m going to do anything, I have to be sure it won’t put my brother in an awkward position.”

    And because he was close to Panli, it gave me a glimmer of hope. Panli liked talking loudly on the phone, so I could catch every detail of his conversations with friends. Most of it was about senior guys hitting on Theerak. My little brother turned out to be a better guard dog than I’d expected—he unknowingly blocked everyone who tried to flirt with Theerak on my behalf.

    So, I stopped worrying. Over the course of a month of gathering info from my brother, I learned that Theerak was quite open-minded. He didn’t limit love to just between a man and a woman. From listening to Panli talk about Theerak to our nanny in the kitchen for the past month, Panli said this friend treated everyone equally, without discrimination. Even when he knew some people felt more for him than just friendship or being a junior, Theerak never once acted poorly toward them.

    Hearing that sparked even more hope in me. I wasn’t demanding a status like others who wanted to possess him, so there should be enough space for me to stand. After that, I gave myself some time to gather more info about him, to soak in a bit more of his personality before stepping into his life.

    I spent about a semester studying him from afar, making sure that when I finally approached him, it wouldn’t be a mistake. At the very least, he’d have to be somewhat impressed by me.

    When the new semester started, I, a third-year student, prepared to introduce myself to him as planned. But that week, Theerak fell ill and missed almost all his classes. I could only keep tabs on him by secretly listening to Panli’s phone calls. When I heard he’d recovered and would return to class the following week, I got ready again.

    But that week, the professor assigned us to go on a field trip for nearly the whole time, pushing my plan to meet him back once more. I didn’t lose heart—just wondered if anyone else’s love life was as tough as mine.

    Then one night, after returning from the field trip to an art gallery with friends, I decided to head straight back to my condo instead of stopping by the restaurant to check on things. I wanted to rest fully after days of little sleep. I’d driven several kilometers past the shop when I noticed ten missed calls from Panli. When I called back, I found out Theerak was going to a senior’s birthday party in our faculty. The reputation of the birthday host, which I’d heard plenty about, made me turn the car around immediately.

    And that night became the starting point of me getting to know him…

    You, the sea, created so many memories for me without even realizing it. I admit you’re incredible—someone so small, yet able to make someone as big as me both smile and cry because of you. I pulled my thumb away from the lips of this stubborn little one and stood up to my full height before scooping him into my arms. The person in my embrace squirmed and let out a soft hum from his throat. I laughed at his cute antics.

    “Let’s get you to sleep comfortably in my room, you stubborn little thing.”

    “…”

    The one with half-closed eyes responded with a faint twitch of a smile, as if he were sleeping and having a good dream. So, I took the liberty of carrying him to lie on my six-foot bed. After setting his small frame down, I walked over to grab a framed photo of him from his first year and tucked it into a drawer. Then I flopped onto the bed beside him. Lying on my side, I propped my head on my hand and gazed at the little one, whose face was now turned toward mine.

    “I love you so much… do you know that?”

    I only dared to ask because I knew he was fast asleep. I reached out to hold his hand, then secretly borrowed his hand to place on my pillow. Seeing no sign he’d wake up easily, I gently rubbed his left ring finger, playing with it as I’d always wanted to. As I touched his left ring finger, a story my dad told at last year’s wedding anniversary came circling back to me…

    “When I was young, your mom had tons of suitors. I was her close friend who secretly loved her and didn’t know what to do. One day, we went to an event together, and your mom fell asleep on the tour bus. The other friends were asleep too, so I secretly took her hand and kissed it—but it had to be on the left ring finger… like staking a claim in advance. It was my own belief. You don’t have to believe it, Fah, but now we have two kids together…” 

    I still remember how Dad laughed with delight. Mom, who only just found out her hand was secretly kissed while she slept, kept hitting Dad’s arm out of embarrassment. I don’t know how much I should believe Dad, but in the end, I lifted his hand…

    And it was when I pressed my lips to his left ring finger that I realized I believed Dad with all my heart. If this action could make him mine for real, I’d be willing to take more than just a beating… I kissed his left ring finger briefly before pulling my lips away. “Sorry for believing Dad too much.”

    “…”

    “But I’m staking a claim first, okay?”

    “…”

    Even though I could accept any role he’d give me, I also had to admit that… deep down, I still hoped.

    “I want us to grow old together like Mom and Dad.”

    TBC

     

    YOURSKY CHAPTERS HOME

  • YOURSKY, Chapter 12

    YOURSKY, Chapter 12

       YOURSKY, Chapter 12

    “Grandpa, how long did you secretly love Grandma?”

    “Quite a while, you know. Secretly loving a friend is like that, Rak. You have to keep it hidden until you’re sure the feelings are mutual. If she didn’t like me back, I’d have kept it hidden forever so I wouldn’t lose her.”

    “Lucky for you, Grandma felt the same way.”

    “Actually, Grandma confessed to me after we’d already started dating. She said she’d felt the same as I did, but she let things play out naturally without showing it at first because she wanted to be certain her feelings matched mine—not just a fleeting moment of attraction that would fade away.”

    “…”

    “I still remember what your Grandma said. She told me that when we want to know if someone secretly likes us or has fallen for us, it means we’re ready to take responsibility for their feelings. If you’re not sure you feel the same way they do, don’t go digging for answers. Make sure of your own heart first—whether you truly feel the same or not. Otherwise, you might end up regretting losing someone, and that person might feel heartbroken knowing the relationship can’t go any further.”

    “But what if we don’t ask, and they confess on their own, Grandpa?”

    “Hmm… your Grandma didn’t mention that scenario, but in my opinion, I think someone who’s brave enough to confess is hoping that, at the very least, the other person will know how they feel. For them, winning over their own heart might be enough.”

    “So if Grandma hadn’t asked how you felt about her, would you have confessed your love, Grandpa?”

    “Probably not, because I didn’t want to lose her… Your Grandma was amazing at hiding her feelings. But one thing she did that gave me a sliver of hope was that she never paid attention to anyone else. Guys would try to court her, but she didn’t care. And what kept my hopes alive was how differently she treated me. I always got something special compared to her other friends—whether it was her smile, the look in her eyes, or her care. It made me feel special.”

    “Love from back then really warms the heart, doesn’t it? Taking the time to learn about each other slowly.”

    “Yeah, it was steady, slow, but it filled the heart in a way that’s hard to describe.”

    “…”

    “If I were to put it in a modern way, I’d say… take it step by step, but every step is solid.”

    “Oh… evening dramas have got Grandpa coming up with deep, teenagestyle lines like that!”

    “Haha, I pick up a few things here and there. Dramas are a companion for lonely old folks, Rak.” “…”

    “Dear Rak… if one day your heart starts racing for someone, don’t fight it. Let it happen, and slowly let time confirm those feelings. Let time tell us whether this wavering will last just a moment or forever…”

    “Yes… Grandpa.”

    The conversation between Theerak and his grandfather from that night they lay talking came back to him again. He didn’t know why it resurfaced when he hadn’t called for it. It wasn’t because he was in a quiet, peaceful atmosphere that allowed memories to creep in—Phii Dom was playing music loud enough to chase away any silence in the car.

    But still… it looped back into his thoughts.

    Phii Dom was driving him to Muenfah’s condo to work on a photography assignment. They’d left the house at 4:30 AM to reach the condo by 5:30 AM. Phii Dom and Phii Babe had said it was better to arrive early and have time to prepare. Getting there ahead of schedule was better than being late and missing the first shot. Theerak figured it was best to trust the seniors with more experience.

    The first shot they needed was the sunrise breaking over Fah’s horizon at 6:00 AM, which was why he’d only gotten a few hours of sleep.

    Honestly, he had to blame himself for being too excited to sleep.

    Even now, Theerak was still thrilled about spending time alone with Muenfah from 6:00 AM to 6:00 PM. Sure, they’d met and hung out one-onone plenty of times before, but he’d never spent this many hours with Muenfah. He wondered how hard that familiar fluttering would hit his body and heart this time, especially since he’d barely have a chance to step away from Muenfah to catch his breath.

    “Sorry, Rak, that me and Babe can’t stay with you.”

    “It’s fine, Phii Dom. Phii Babe’s fever is pretty bad.”

    “Yesterday at the birthday party, she was still fine. I thought she’d fully recovered.”

    “After dropping me off, you’re picking up Phii Babe to see the doctor, right, Phii Dom?”

    “Yeah. If Babe gets better, I might come back to keep you company.”

    “Just take care of Phii Babe, Phii Dom. I can handle myself. I probably won’t bother Phii Fah too much anyway—I already feel bad enough just asking to shoot at his condo.”

    Phii Dom chuckled softly while keeping his eyes on the road. “No need to feel bad. He’s happy to help. Who knows, he might even pitch in with the shooting.”

    “Teaching me some good techniques would be enough. He doesn’t need to trouble himself shooting for me…”

    As soon as he finished speaking, the car turned into a luxurious condo complex. Phii Dom called Muenfah to let him know they’d arrived before parking in the lot. Not long after, Muenfah appeared. Theerak quickly grabbed his camera bag and leather side bag to get out of the car.

    “Do your best, chubby-cheeks.”

    “Yes, Phii Dom.” He nodded before stepping out. Theerak stood waving goodbye to Phii Dom, who rolled down the window and poked his head out slightly. He waved back and pointed to the tall figure standing beside him.

    “Don’t tease my little bro in law, Fah. Take good care of him.”

    “Yeah… don’t worry.”

    Phii Dom gave a faint smile and nodded at Muenfah. Theerak watched until the BMW disappeared from sight. Now it was just him and Muenfah, alone.

    “Did I come too early?”

    … Even though Muenfah’s face didn’t look like he’d just woken up, and his chocolate-colored hair wasn’t messy, his outfit—different from what he usually wore—made Theerak think he probably hadn’t showered or gotten ready to welcome him yet. Muenfah was dressed only in a plain white roundneck t-shirt and gray sweatpants. Yet, as always, he still looked flawlessly handsome.

    Theerak secretly envied Muenfah’s good looks again.

    Muenfah never looked less handsome… even right after waking up!

    “No matter how early it is, if the sea king comes to visit, I’d have to get up…”

    Theerak took a small step back as the taller figure leaned down toward him.

    “…”

    “Because I’m scared of a tsunami.”

    “Phii Fah! Teasing me again, huh!”

    “Heh…” Muenfah chuckled low in his throat before grabbing the camera bag from his hand to carry it for him. He tried to snatch the leather bag too, but Theerak held it back.

    “It’s fine, Phii Fah. I can carry it myself… I can handle my camera bag too.” he said, reaching out to Muenfah to take it back. Just coming to work at his condo was enough—he didn’t want to trouble Muenfah any further.

    “Let’s go up to the room first. I will give it back then.”

    “Phii Fah! Why are you being so stubborn?”

    Theerak’s eyes widened as the taller guy swiped the other leather bag he was holding right in front of him. Now, all he could do was follow Muenfah, who was walking quickly ahead, as if afraid he’d try to grab the bags back. For the first time, Muenfah walked ahead without looking back at him, though he was still kind enough to hold the elevator for him.

    As soon as they stepped into the elevator, Theerak turned to glare at the stubborn Muenfah, who was pressing the floor button. When he turned around and saw him, he laughed softly before stepping around to stand behind him. Theerak frowned, watching Muenfah through the reflection on the elevator doors. The taller guy stepped close behind him, resting his heavy chin on top of his head.

    Good thing it was just the two of them…

    Theerak could see every move Muenfah made through the reflection in front of him. And now, he saw Muenfah laughing, clearly enjoying teasing him. Theerak couldn’t deny it…

    Muenfah was so darn cute! T___T

    “Our heights match perfectly, troublemaker…”

    “…”

    “Perfect for me to rest and shake off the tiredness.”

    “If you want to trick me into thinking I’m short, just say it!”

    “Little one…”

    Theerak furrowed his brow, staring at the figure in the reflection. Muenfah smirked, refusing to lift his chin off his head. “You don’t need to comfort Rak about it.”

    “I’m not comforting you. Look, troublemaker… short where?” Muenfah said, pointing at the elevator doors to make him see their clear reflection.

    “Little one and big one.”

    …It’s unclear whether it was because Theerak stared at the reflection in front of him too long or because of Muenfah’s words that made his heart start beating out of rhythm. He quickly lowered his eyes, hoping it wouldn’t speed up even more, but the low chuckle from the tall guy—who was still resting his chin where it had been—stirred his heart into a loud protest.

    “Phii Fah… can you take your chin off now?”

    “Is it heavy for the little one? I’m not putting much weight on it, you know.”

    “…” He could handle being called a troublemaker, but “little one” felt so endearing it made his heart flutter uncontrollably. Maybe Muenfah should stop using such cute terms already. T___T

    “Guess it really is heavy—you went quiet.”

    Muenfah lifted his chin off his head, slinging both bags over one arm before using his free hand to smooth out Theerak’s hair. Theerak sighed, feeling like he was Muenfah’s little puppy.

    “I didn’t wash my hair today, you know. Aren’t you afraid the smell will stick to your hand, Phii Fah?”

    “Nope…”

    Maybe it was because Muenfah leaned down and pressed his nose into his hair. The memory of that day from the security camera footage replayed in his mind like a movie on loop. Theerak looked up at the tall guy, caught off guard.

    “Lying little troublemaker… I don’t smell anything bad at all.” “…”

    And right then, his grandpa’s voice echoed in his mind. If his heart raced for someone, he should let it happen naturally without resisting, then wait for time to confirm the feelings that arose.

    Or maybe he shouldn’t resist it, like Grandpa said…

     

    #However Many Thousand Skies

    After Muenfah helped him store his things in the room, he took him up to the condo’s rooftop to set up the camera for shooting the sky at 6 a.m. The rooftop had a small garden area for relaxing, and when you walked up to the chest-high barrier, you could see a wide, expansive view. Now Theerak wasn’t surprised at all that Phii Dom had insisted on shooting the project at Muenfah’s condo—it really was perfect for this assignment, just as he’d said.

    “Let’s set up the camera here, okay? Once we’re done, we’ll go down for breakfast, then come back up to take the photos when it’s time.”

    “Okay, Phii Fah…”

    Theerak pulled the tripod out of his bag. He positioned it where Muenfah suggested, and with the more experienced senior’s help, Theerak managed to set everything up in less than an hour. After double-checking everything, the two of them headed back to the room to wait.

    Theerak plopped down on the large black leather sofa and scanned the room. The first time he’d come in, he’d been in such a rush—worried about not setting up the camera in time—that he hadn’t noticed much about Muenfah’s place. But now, with plenty of time, he could take in every detail of every nook and cranny.

    Muenfah’s room was fairly spacious. It had two separate bedrooms, a guest bathroom, a living room, a kitchen, a laundry room, and a balcony that served as a prime viewing spot.

    If he had to pick his favorite part of this room, Theerak would choose the balcony because of the wooden table with several cactus plants on it. He couldn’t believe Muenfah would have a corner like this, and it was probably that unexpectedness that left such an impression on him.

    Truthfully, there were many things about Muenfah that impressed him.

    But seeing yet another side of him… it made Theerak even more captivated.

    The cactus plants made the stubborn Muenfah seem adorably charming in heaps,   .

    “Phii Fah, do you like cacti?”

    Muenfah shook his head while heading to the fridge to grab ingredients for breakfast. “They’re Panli’s. He bought them and left them in the backyard garden, then abandoned them without care. I felt bad, so I brought them to the condo.”

    “Panli, huh? Totally hopeless. I’ll have to give him a lecture when I see him.”

    “Stubborn one, want a fried egg?”

    “Sure, Phii Fah…”

    Theerak watched the tall figure still in the same outfit. Muenfah tied a gray apron around his waist before starting to cook. Whenever Muenfah focused on something other than talking to him, his face would immediately turn calm and neutral—like now, as he cooked with that same expression. Theerak decided to have some fun and tease him, hoping to see a different reaction.

    “Phii Fah, haven’t you showered yet?”

    The one being asked shifted his gaze from the pan to look at him. “Not yet, but before picking up the stubborn one, Phii Fah washed his face and brushed his teeth.”

    “I knew it ~ Turns out the stinky head smell is coming from you after all…”

    “Heh.”

    Theerak laughed delightedly when he saw the other break into a chuckle. He moved from the sofa to sit at the dining table as Muenfah took off the apron and brought over breakfast. A white ceramic plate with two slices of bread, fried bacon, and a fried egg was placed in front of him, followed by Muenfah setting a bottle of ketchup beside it.

    After preparing everything for him, Muenfah went into the bedroom and came back with a MacBook. He placed it across from Theerak, then returned to the kitchen to brew himself some coffee. While doing so, he talked on the phone with a friend about some group project their professor had assigned. Theerak quietly watched the tall figure, thinking to himself that Muenfah was someone worth looking up to. He had so many responsibilities—studies, work—and yet he managed his time flawlessly.

    “Don’t like it?”

    “N-No, it’s fine.”

    “I haven’t seen you eat at all.” Muenfah said, sitting down across from him and opening his MacBook. He glanced away from the rectangular screen to look at him again. “Does the stubborn one not like this kind of breakfast?

    Should Phii Fah go buy something else?”

    “It’s okay, I can eat it… But Phii Fah, are you just having coffee?”

    The one being asked, who’d just set down his coffee mug, nodded. Muenfah gave him a small smile. “I was planning to eat breakfast after we finish taking that first photo. For now, stubborn one, you eat first… I need to tweak some work real quick, okay?” After speaking, Muenfah’s fingers danced across the keyboard, unaware that a pair of eyes was watching him intently.

    “Lots of work, huh, Phii Fah?” Theerak asked while stuffing a piece of toast into his mouth. Muenfah nodded, glancing at the clock on the wall. Though he was more focused on his work, Theerak didn’t feel ignored even a bit, because Muenfah kept sending him smiles—like right now, when he caught him sneaking a peek at him working.

    The tall guy, whose smile resembled the morning sunlight, chuckled in his throat as usual. He reached out a big hand to gently pat Theerak’s head before asking in a soft tone “What are you looking at me for, naughty one?”

    “…” The one being asked leaned back slightly to slip his head out from under the touch. It wasn’t that he disliked Muenfah’s touch—his heart just started racing because of it, so he had to pull away to steady himself. Theerak lowered his head to keep eating breakfast without answering. He didn’t have an answer for the other anyway, because he’d only just realized it himself…

    realized he’d been staring at Muenfah too much.

    “I’ll go shower and get ready first, okay?”

    “Okay.”

    Theerak glanced at the tall figure as he got up from the table and disappeared into the bedroom. He let out a big sigh before slumping his face onto the dining table. The fluttering in his stomach was spreading through his whole body, making him feel weak all over. He’d have to endure this feeling all day. The only way to get back to normal was to distance himself from Muenfah.

    But how could he distance himself now?! There was work to do! T___T

    A moment later, a loud crack startled the small guy, who’d been resting his face on the table, making him sit up straight immediately. But the sight before him made Theerak want to faceplant onto the table again.

    Muenfah, smelling fresh from a shower, walked out of the bedroom shirtless, revealing a tattoo on his chest clearly. The tall guy was wearing only faded jeans. Theerak wasn’t sure if he’d forgotten he was there, since Muenfah was talking on the phone with someone. Maybe he was just used to going shirtless in his own place.

    But he confirmed Theerak’s presence by walking over, picking up a coffee mug to sip, and raising an eyebrow at him when he looked up. Theerak retreated by lowering his eyes as usual. Whether Muenfah moved forward or stepped back, he always had to wave the white flag in surrender.

    It was Muenfah’s very essence that made him lose every time.

    Each of Muenfah’s weapons was lethal.

    Especially when he raised that eyebrow… it turned Theerak’s heart to mush. T___T

    Theerak swallowed hard and mentally apologized to the fried egg he couldn’t bring himself to eat. It’d have to stay lonely on the plate as usual. The bacon and toast, though, were probably happy in his stomach. He glanced at the room’s owner, who was watering a cactus while talking on the phone, and thought that Muenfah really did have the great physique he’d imagined.

    Muenfah’s body is amazing…

    How does he get abs like that?

    Theerak’s eyes darted between his own little belly and Muenfah’s toned abs. He nodded to himself and rubbed his stomach lightly to console it.

    When we’re hungry, we’ve got to eat, right?

    … It’s okay, little coconut belly… Even though we’d love to have abs like Phii Fah we won’t abandon you…

    Because he couldn’t bring himself to ditch his little tummy, the lonely fried egg left on the plate was scooped into his mouth once more. Since he couldn’t build abs like others, he figured he should at least enjoy eating. But Theerak knew he should eat in moderation—not so much that it harmed his health. He just absolutely refused to starve himself.

    While Theerak was chomping away at the fried egg, a conversation between Muenfah and someone else drifted into his ears. He hadn’t meant to eavesdrop, but Muenfah wasn’t exactly speaking quietly, so he caught every word.

    “It still hurts… I just got it done after coming back from Siam.” “…”

    “Yeah, the usual place…”

    “…”

    “Yep… that’s it. I’ve got stuff to do. Check the work I helped fix and get some rest—you’ll collapse from sleep deprivation otherwise.”

    “…”

    “Yeah.”

    Theerak didn’t turn to look at Muenfah after he ended the call. But the familiar scent of Muenfah’s cologne let him know the taller guy was standing behind him now. Theerak sat stiffly, lifting his glass of water and gulping it down to cool the burning heat spreading across both cheeks.

    Just smelling his cologne made his face flush…

    “Finished everything, huh?”

    “…”

    Theerak was about to turn to the voice behind him, but Muenfah leaned down toward him, resting both arms on the back of his chair. It was only when he tilted his head up that he realized he was trapped within Muenfah’s encirclement.

    Their eyes didn’t meet directly because of the angle, but Theerak pursed his lips while staring at Muenfah’s. He didn’t want to look, but it was hard to avoid since those lips were the only thing at eye level. And Theerak figured Muenfah must have noticed him pressing his lips tightly, because that familiar smile spread across his face again.

    That smile, like the morning sunlight…

    “Great job, little one of the big one.”

    It probably wasn’t the unbearably cute words from Muenfah that nearly made Theerak stop breathing. It was when that handsome face moved even closer, replacing the warm smile with a lip-bite, as if teasingly annoyed. That action stole his breath for a moment, only for Muenfah to give it back by pulling away.

    “It’s almost time. I will go change first. Get ready and wait for me, okay, troublemaker?”

    “…”

    Theerak didn’t reply verbally. He just nodded in response. Muenfah smirked before heading toward the bedroom door. In the moment he turned his back, Theerak caught sight of black English letters on that broad back. The faint red marks still lingering on pale skin made him think it must be the new tattoo Muenfah had mentioned on the phone.

    The sentence on Muenfah’s back:

    I’m your Sky &

    You’re my Sea made him feel something.

     

    #However Many Thousand Skies

    “Is it okay, troublemaker?”

    “It’s okay now, Phii Fah.”

    “Let me take a look.”

    Theerak stepped back from the camera setup to let Muenfah check the photos they’d just taken. While Muenfah reviewed the images on the camera, Theerak let his gaze drift to the large sun peeking over the sky horizon. If the clock hands moved just a bit faster, that round, orange orb would break free from being obscured and float prominently in the sky.

    He couldn’t remember the last time he’d seen a sunrise, but the one thing he did recall was feeling warm when he watched the morning sun. And now, the gentle sunlight brushing against his skin revived that memory, reminding Theerak that the warmth he’d once felt hadn’t changed at all.

    And Muenfah’s smile, like the morning sunlight, wasn’t an exaggeration in the slightest…

    “All set.”

    “Okay, Phii Fah. Then we’ll come back up in half an hour to shoot again.”

    “Are you going down to rest in the room first, troublemaker?”

    “Yes, I going to take stubborn you to have breakfast first.”

    “Can’t you forget about that?”

    “No way.”

    “But I’m not really hungry yet.”

    “Even if you’re not hungry, you have to eat.”

    After saying that, Theerak grabbed the big hand to lead him back to the room. Muenfah followed along easily without resisting, despite initially showing signs of stubbornness about not wanting to come back for breakfast. Once they reached the room, Theerak ordered Muenfah to sit at the dining table before opening the fridge to check for ingredients to cook with.

    “Phii Fah… what’s even in your fridge?”

    “Troublemaker, come sit. I will handle it.”

    “No, no, sit down—don’t get up!” Theerak narrowed his eyes and pointed, ordering stubborn Muenfah, who was about to stand, to sit back down. “Ever since we met, I’ve done nothing but bother you… Let me do something for you in return, okay?”

    “I don’t want you to trouble yourself or get tired.”

    “Taking care of you isn’t a hassle or tiring at all. I want to do it for you.” “…”

    Theerak sent a smile to Muenfah, who was sitting at the dining table. He truly felt what he had said—Muenfah had never once shown exhaustion or made it seem like helping and taking care of him was a burden. So how could Theerak feel otherwise?

    “From what I’ve seen in the fridge, I think I can only make two dishes.”

    “Both dishes are probably egg-based.”

    “Yes, they are.”

    “Then make whatever’s not too troublesome for this stubborn guy.”

    “How about fried rice with eggs, Phii Fah? I’m not making it because it’s easy, but because it’s probably the best option.”

    “…”

    “Is your stomach okay, Fah?”

    “It’s fine.”

    As soon as Fah confirmed, Theerak began preparing the ingredients for fried rice with eggs. In Muenfah’s fridge, there was cooked rice neatly stored in a container, and plenty of eggs. However, the bacon he thought would be there was completely gone—Muenfah must have used it all to make breakfast for him.

    “It’s a good thing there’s still rice.”

    “The maid just brought it for me yesterday.”

    Theerak turned his gaze from the pan to look at Muenfah before asking,

    “Normally, you don’t eat at home, right, Phii Fah?”

    “Normally, I eat at the restaurant, but lately, I’ve been having breakfast more often, so the maid cooked rice and put it in containers for me to heat up in the morning.”

    “See? Everyone wants this stubborn Muenfah to eat breakfast, to the point they even cook rice for you. Who else could be as pampered as you, Phii

    Fah?”

    Theerak glanced at Muenfah, who walked over to the fridge to get some water. Besides his characteristically calm expression, Muenfah tended to make a confused face whenever he disagreed with something.

    That confused look would return whenever Muenfah wanted to be stubborn with him…

    “…”

    “You have to eat breakfast every day, got it, Fah?”

    “I don’t know…” Muenfah replied before pushing himself up to sit on the counter behind him. The stubborn posture of the tall man made Theerak feel annoyed enough to want to pinch his arm hard until he cried.

    “Fah… don’t be stubborn!”

    Muenfah gave a small smile when he saw Theerak cross his arms and glare at him. It seemed Muenfah enjoyed being scolded, which was why he liked to provoke him. He nodded in agreement and moved his lips to speak without sound, but Theerak managed to read his lips:

    “I won’t be stubborn anymore.”

    “No need to act cute, Phii Fah.”

    Muenfah burst into laughter when he said that. Theerak’s heart raced as he saw Muenfah’s wide smile—it was the brightest smile he had ever seen. Everyone always said that his own smile was as bright as the sun, but now Theerak wasn’t sure whose smile was brighter, his or Muenfah’s.

    But if he had to choose… it would definitely be Muenfah’s smile.

    “I’m not playful anymore, and I’m not naughty either.”

    “…”

    “Phii Fah, I’ve stopped being naughty. Can you praise me a little, please?”

    Theerak shook his head slightly while holding back a smile. In truth, Muenfah was a big, clingy guy. So, he said, “Good job, Muenfah. You’re a good boy.”

     

    #However Many Thousand Skies

    After finishing breakfast, we went back up to Fah’s rooftop to continue taking photos. The two of us sat at a long wooden table in a garden area with decent shade. The weather up here wasn’t as hot as they’d expected; instead, a breeze blew through, making it feel cool and comfortable. Theerak decided to invite Muenfah to stay up here until the afternoon rolled around. The early conversation topics revolved around studies and work at university. Theerak gained quite a bit of knowledge about various subjects from Muenfah.

    At first, Theerak was worried that he wouldn’t have anything to talk about with Muenfah, and that it might make the other feel bored. But thankfully, we managed to keep the conversation going. Even though there were moments when both of us fell silent, searching for the next topic, that silence didn’t feel awkward at all.

    “Let’s go take more photos in another thirty minutes.”

    “Okay… I have already set the alarm.”

    Theerak glanced at the camera still in its original spot while thinking of a new conversation topic to discuss with Muenfah while waiting to continue the photoshoot. During that time, something popped into his mind. It was an idea he thought he should carefully consider before bringing up. After reflecting on it thoroughly, he decided to use this topic to start our conversation.

    “Phii Fah…”

    “Yes?”

    “I think I should promote you to be my close friend… because we see each other all the time and talk a lot too.”

    “…”

    “But there’s one problem.”

    “…”

    “I don’t know much about you at all… even though you know so much about me.”

    “…”

    “If I want to know more about you… would you be willing to share more about yourself with me?”

    “Of course, I can. What does little naughty you want to know about me?”

    In truth, Theerak didn’t want to overstep Muenfah’s privacy. Asking about personal matters might make him feel like his boundaries were being crossed. But as close friends, he felt he should at least know some basic information about the other person—like what Muenfah likes and dislikes—just as Muenfah already knows a lot about him.

    “What’s your favorite thing?”

    “I don’t have one, but if it’s something I eat often, it’s crispy pork basil with fried egg.”

    “That’s the same as me, isn’t it?”

    “Yes.”

    Theerak furrowed his brows in curiosity before continuing to ask, “Why do you eat it so often?”

    “It’s because of nostalgia as a factor.”

    “What do you mean, Phii Fah?”

    “It means that if I miss it a lot, I’ll eat it often. If I miss it less, I won’t eat it as often, but most of the time, I eat it every day because the feeling of missing it never lessens.”

    “Oh, it’s probably like how I love thinking before bed about what I’ll eat for breakfast tomorrow, and the first dish that comes to mind is crispy pork stir-fried with basil and a fried egg. Is it something like that?”

    “Something like that.”

    Then what don’t you like to eat, Phii Fah?”

    “Durian. It’s not that I can’t eat it, but if I can choose, I’d rather not.”

    “Because of the smell, right?”

    “Yes.”

    “What color do you like, Phii Fah?”

    “Gray.”

    “Is there a reason?”

    “Because it’s in the middle between white and black, just like me.”

    “I love the color of the sky… like sky blue, because it feels comforting to look at.”

    “…”

    “Between mountains and the sea, which do you prefer, Phii Fah?”

    “I like the sea.”

    “What kind of person do you dislike the most, Phii Fah?”

    “People who belittle others’ efforts.”

    He wanted to immediately promote Muenfah to a closer acquaintance because of this answer, but he held back the thought since there were still many questions waiting. Learning about Muenfah’s personality and perspectives through these answers made Theerak feel fortunate to have met someone like him.

    “If you were stranded on an island and could bring three things, including a person if you wanted—not just objects—what would you take, Phii Fah?”

    A lighter or matches, since there’d probably be some food on the island…” Muenfah paused, slightly furrowing his brows as if deep in thought, before continuing, “The watch I’m wearing, and my wallet.”

    “I understand the watch; you’d want it to keep track of time. But the wallet… why would you bring that, Phii Fah? You don’t need money on a deserted island.”

    “To look at pictures. I keep family photos in my wallet.”

    “I secretly thought you might bring someone along to the island to keep you company.”

    “Just hearing the phrase ‘stranded on an island’ makes me think of hardship, so I wouldn’t want to drag anyone along to suffer with me.”

    “But it’d be lonely, Phii Fah.”

    “I don’t usually talk to people much anyway, so it wouldn’t be too lonely for me.”

    Theerak burst into laughter, his mouth stretching wide after hearing that response. Muenfah was unexpectedly funny, wasn’t he? “If you could have one thing in the world, what would you ask for, Phii Fah?”

    “May the sky horizon and the edge of the sea truly meet someday, for real, not just appear to converge with the naked eye.”

    “Seriously, khrap. If we look with our bare eyes, it seems like these two things touch, but in reality, they are far apart—the sky up above and the sea down below.”

    “Yes. I don’t know how long it will take for them to have a chance to truly be close, just once.”

    “Not even a minute.”

    Muenfah furrowed his brow at him, while Theerak gave a faint smile before scooting closer until their arms touched. “They’ve converged now.”

    “…”

    “I am like the sea, and Phii Fah you’re the sky… With this, the sky and the sea can finally be close, for real, just once.” “…”

    Muenfah chuckled in his throat before raising his hand to ruffle his hair.

    When Theerak saw Muenfah smile, he moved back to a comfortable distance. Just a moment ago, when the other spoke about the sky and the sea never being able to meet, he had seemed a little sad, unusually so, which made him feel uneasy too. But now that Muenfah could smile, he felt a bit more at ease.

    “I have already gotten quite a bit of information from you, so now share something about yourself—something you thinks someone as close to I should know.”

    “This is something I’ve never told anyone, but I want to tell this stubborn one.”

    “…”

    “The origin of the name, Muenfah…”

    “…”

    “My Ma told me that when she was five months pregnant with me, Pa had to go back to Hong Kong to take care of the hotel in place of Grandpa because he was starting to get sick… Ma stayed in Thailand and didn’t go with Pa. When she missed him, all she could do was call. Ma said she’s not usually a petty woman, but one day she asked Pa how much he loved her. The answer Pa always gave was, ‘As much as the sky,’ but that day Ma felt that ‘as much as the sky’ wasn’t enough. So, she said, sounding a bit upset, ‘Just one sky, that’s so little…’“

    “…”

    “Pa replied, ‘If one sky is too little, then I’ll love you as much as ten thousand skies… From now on, I’ll love you as much as ten thousand skies, more than I love myself.’ Ma took those words to heart, and that’s how I got the name Muenfah.”

    “I couldn’t help but smile while listening, sir. Your Pa and Ma are so cute together… But I have one question: Since your grandpa has a hotel in Hong

    Kong, does that mean…”

    “Khrapom. My Grandpa is from Hong Kong. Grandma is Thai with

    Chinese ancestry. My Pa is half, while me and Panli are quarter. But I looks more like Ma, so people don’t usually realize I have Chinese ancestry.”

    “That’s true, sir. You don’t have the sharp, narrow-eyed look of other Thais with Chinese ancestry. Panli looks more noticeably Chinese.”

    “My Ma is a Thai person of Chinese descent with fairly large eyes, so when I came along, I was different from the rest of the siblings in the family.”

    “Oh, so besides you and Panli, does the Pisut family have a lot of siblings?”

    “Quite a few, yes, but the ones we’re really close to are just a handful of families. I am close to the son of an uncle who’s a police officer. That family has twin brothers named Hem and Hiran, but I call them both ‘Hia’ because they’re older than me.”

    “It seems like it’s mostly guys, huh?”

    “Mostly guys, yes. There are girls too, but fewer of them.”

    “What about Panli’s name? Does it have a story behind it like your name?” “Panli’s name is somewhat similar. When he was born, Ma was close to giving birth to him, but Pa had to suddenly return to Hong Kong because Grandpa was seriously ill and near death. During that time apart, Ma said she missed Pa so much. When they talked on the phone, Pa told Ma that longing couldn’t be measured, but if it had to be compared to a distance, his longing would stretch as far as ‘thousand miles.’ So Ma took the word ‘Panli’ and used it as his name.”

    “Wow… really? The origins of your and Panli’s names are so deep and meaningful. When I first met Panli, I thought his parents just wanted to give him a unique name, something different from everyone else. I didn’t expect there’d be such a touching story behind it.”

    “Actually, Ma said that the names Muenfah and Panli mean the same thing.”

    “…”

    “Ma gave them her own meaning… ‘steadfast love.’”

    “Truly steadfast. Your Ma is such a strong woman, and your Pa is so devoted to her.”

    “I think so too.”

    Theerak felt warmed by Muenfah’s story. He had never imagined that the names of the two siblings would carry such profound stories. Hearing it made him want to experience steadfast love for himself. Theerak thought that feeling must be something truly special.

    “Thank you, Phii Fah, for sharing this story with me.”

    “You’re welcome.”

    Muenfah nodded before gently patting Theerak’s head. Theerak stared at the tattoo under Muenfah’s forearm for a moment before asking “If I want to know about your tattoo, Phii Fah… would that be okay?”

    “…”

    “But if it’s too personal, it’s fine. I understand.”

    “I can tell you… The first tattoo is here…” Muenfah pointed to his chest before unbuttoning his white shirt to reveal an English phrase inside. “It’s the real names of my Pa and Ma. The Chinese characters were the second tattoo…” Muenfah rubbed the Chinese characters under his forearm. “My real name is Pradipat. One of the meanings of the name includes the word ‘love,’ so I got this tattooed. Another reason was that, at the time, I was losing faith in love—probably during the first semester of my second year. But thankfully, just a few weeks after getting this tattoo, it helped me regain my faith in love again.”

    “That’s great that you regained your faith in love, Phii Fah… You won’t lose it again now, right?”

    “Yes… I won’t lose it anymore.”

    “Good job. I am here to support you, okay? Fah, you must never lose faith in love.”

    Muenfah gave a small smile when he saw the worried look in the other’s eyes light up again, just like before, upon realizing that he had regained his faith in love. “As for the third tattoo, it’s on my back. I got it done shortly after returning from a birthday event… It’s a sentence that means a lot to me.”

    “…”

    “Every tattoo has been carefully thought out and holds its own meaning.

    It’s just that I don’t often share it with others.”

    “You might get tired of hearing ‘thank you’ from me over and over, but please don’t get annoyed just yet… because I really want to thank you for trusting me enough to share such personal things. Thank you, Phii Fah.”

    “I’m not annoyed.”

    “I think it’s time now.”

    “It hasn’t even been thirty minutes yet, you naughty one.”

    “No, no, not about the photos.”

    “…”

    Theerak took a deep breath before speaking, “I would like to promote you,

    Pradipat Pisut, to be a close friend of Rak Niran…”

    “Thank you.”

    “Heh, the promotion ceremony feels pretty serious, doesn’t it, Phii Fah?

    You’re laughing so cutely.”

    Muenfah chuckled in his throat as usual, but his expression and the look in his eyes were utterly adorable at that moment. The typically calm and stoic face, his signature trait, was completely swept away by the promotion to close friend, leaving only a smile that others weren’t used to seeing.

    But he was familiar with it.

     

    #However Many Thousand Skies

    [There’s only one can of Coke left. Can you drink it? Otherwise, I will go down to the store to buy more.]

    “It’s fine, Phii Fah. I can drink it… What about you, Phii Fah?”

    [I will just drink water.]

    “Okay, Phii Fah. Hurry back up, okay? It’s almost time for the last shoot.”

    [Okay, I will hurry back up.]

    Theerak hung up the call with Muenfah, who had excused himself to use the restroom and offered to get drinks for him. Initially, Theerak had planned to go get water for Muenfah since he’d mentioned being thirsty, but since Muenfah needed to use the restroom anyway, he offered to handle it himself.

    It was now past 5 PM, and just a few minutes remained before the final hour of this photoshoot. Theerak couldn’t believe the day had gone so smoothly when it had seemed doomed at first. Spending time alone with Muenfah wasn’t as difficult as he’d thought. He felt at ease the entire time he was with Muenfah. Theerak admitted to himself that there were moments when his heart raced because of the other, but it would soon return to normal.

    “Here you go…”

    “Thank you, Phii Fah.” Theerak said as he accepted an opened can of Coke from the tall man who had just sat down beside him. The two of them had moved to sit at a long wooden table near the camera setup area since the sun was no longer harsh. He raised the red can to take a sip while glancing at the person beside him who was looking at his watch.

    “Five more minutes until the last photo, naughty one.”

    “Yes, Phii Fah.”

    “During our Q&A earlier, I told you that you could ask for one thing in the world… Can you still change your answer now, Phii Fah?”

    …Even though he knew that everything Muenfah might ask for was impossible, Theerak chose to nod in agreement. “Sure, maybe I can make it come true, just like how I brought the sea and the sky together.”

    “Can I steal the sun and hide it?”

    Theerak burst into laughter at Muenfah’s request. “That’s a tough one. I might need some time for this because I’d have to figure out how to help you steal the sun.”

    “It probably won’t be in time, because I’d need to steal and hide it before taking the last photo.”

    Theerak furrowed his brows, staring at the person beside him who let out a small smile. “…”

    “Because if there’s no sunset photo at six o’clock… you would have to stay with me for another day to wait and photograph the sunset tomorrow.”

    “…”

    “I’d like you to stay and keep me company for a bit longer. We’re having such a fun conversation.”

    “…”

    Theerak sat silently, staring at the red can in his hand. Muenfah’s words always seemed to seep into his emotions, and what Muenfah had just said turned Theerak into a madman—

    A madman who was seriously thinking of ways to steal the sun, even though he knew it was impossible.

    But if it could make Muenfah smile a little longer… he was willing to be mad.

    “It’s time, naughty one.”

    “Yes.”

    He stood up and followed the taller man to the camera setup spot in front of them. Theerak took his position, preparing to press the shutter as usual. The large, round sun in front of him cast a reddish-orange light through the camera lens. The colorful sky stirred a variety of emotions within him. Theerak realized that the sky at every moment… had an influence on his feelings.

    Realizing this, he stepped back from his position without pressing the shutter. Muenfah, standing beside him, furrowed his brows slightly before asking why he wasn’t taking the photo. Theerak knew that this photograph was important and time-sensitive, but he was confident that this decision wouldn’t be a mistake because Muenfah was with him.

    “Stealing the sun might be impossible, but if you help take this photo for me, Phii Fah… I’ll extend my time with you by another hour.”

    Muenfah gave a faint smile and quickly took his position to photograph the sunset. It didn’t take long for him to successfully capture the final shot.

    Theerak walked over to look at the photo Muenfah had taken before saying, “Don’t tell the professor that I let you take the last photo for me…”

    “Are you afraid of losing points?”

    “I know it’s not right. Honestly, it’s completely wrong to ask a senior to help take the photos, sir. But when I think about it and look at it, I want you to be a part of the memory of this project… Even though I feel guilty toward the professor, if it means I will remember this moment every time I see the picture, I think it’s worth it.”

    “…”

    “It’s just one picture, right? It’s not a big deal,” Theerak was consoling himself. A kid like him, who doesn’t like breaking rules or stepping out of line, was feeling worried.

    “This matter is only known by you, the sky, and you, the sea… It’s not a big deal, sir.”

    “Khrapom.” From being extremely worried, Theerak could now smile because Muenfah helped comfort him with words.

    “Will you stay for another hour, sir?”

    “Khrapom. I’ll stay with you for a bit, but I need to call Phii Dom first, sir, because Phii Dom is coming to pick me up at six.”

    “Wait, I will LINE Dom and tell him myself, sir.”

    “Okay, sir.”

    Theerak went back to sit and wait for Muenfah at the long wooden table. He looked at the tall figure standing there, alternating between tapping on his phone and watching the sun disappear beyond the horizon of Fah. The sight in front of him made him smile faintly as he thought that, in truth, Muenfah was just as clingy and lonely as anyone else.

    “I already told Dom, sir.”

    “Phii Dom didn’t say anything, right, sir?”

    “No, sir. I told him I’d take you back myself, sir.”

    “Actually, I can go back on my own, sir, in case you want to rest.”

    “It’s fine, sir. I can take you back.”

    Theerak nodded in acknowledgment before saying, “The remaining hour…

    I give it all to you, sir.”

    Muenfah laughed. He probably recalled the first time we met. Theerak also let out a smile because he intentionally brought up that memory for the other.

    “What should we do with the remaining hour, sir? Honestly, I just want to chat with you endlessly, but I’m worried you might get bored.”

    “I won’t get bored, sir. But if you want a change from just talking… how about we share songs, sir?”

    “…”

    “Share the songs we like with each other. I like doing this with Panli when there’s nothing to do.”

    “Sure, sir…”

    “Let’s share the songs we like listening to right now, sir.”

    “Khrapom.”

    “Right now, I like listening to the song ‘Love’ by Infamous.”

    “I like listening to ‘Eternal Love’ by Scrubb, sir.”

    “I have heard that song before, sir.”

    “Pa sang this song for Ma at their wedding anniversary last year, so I have been listening to it ever since.”

    “Pa and Ma are always so sweet together, sir.”

    Muenfah gave a faint smile before saying, “Would you like to listen, sir?”

    “Yes, I’d like to, Phii Fah.”

    Muenfah picked up his phone and tapped something before the song

    Eternal Love began to play softly. Just the melody alone brought a smile to Theerak’s face. He had listened to this song with his grandfather last year, but hadn’t heard it again since then.

    “Stubborn one…”

    “Yes, Phii Fah?”

    “Can I have some Coke, please?”

    “Uh, sure!”

    Theerak handed a red can to Muenfah, who gave a small smile before taking it. Theerak stole a glance at Muenfah as he stared at the Coke can for a moment before tilting it back to drink. It was at that moment that Theerak’s heart raced again, after having been calm for half the day. Especially when Muenfah turned to meet his gaze, that red lump in his chest pounded so hard it felt like his whole body was trembling.

    “Heart reaches heart, hands hold each other, eyes meet and understand… no words needed.”

    “…”

    “Walking arm in arm, sharing love, don’t mind anyone else, I’m close to you, filled with love… for you…”

    “…”

    The two of them didn’t say a word, as if allowing themselves to linger in a single moment. It was during this time that a certain feeling, one that had been forming, began to surface. Theerak realized that something was happening to him.

    At that moment, his grandfather’s words floated back to him. Theerak thought his grandmother was right—he should make sure of his own feelings before wanting to know someone else’s. And he shouldn’t force himself, as his grandfather had said. Though he wasn’t yet certain whether this feeling would last only for a moment or forever Theerak wanted to let go…

    Let his heart race as much as it wanted.

    Let time confirm whether this fluttering feeling could become something eternal…

    He never imagined that becoming closer today would also cause certain feelings to grow. And no matter the outcome—whether Muenfah felt the same or not—Theerak was ready to take responsibility for his own emotions.

    Theerak turned to look at the tall figure sitting beside him, gazing at the moon rising to replace the sun. Not long after, the person next to him shifted his gaze from the sky in front of them and met his eyes.

    “When you put the song titles together, it all circles back to you, doesn’t it?”

    “Uh, yes.”

    “May the love that has arisen last forever, may the love that has arisen be eternal.”

    “Love… eternal love.”

    “May the love that has arisen last forever, may the love that has arisen be eternal.”

    “You’re right, it’s all love.”

    TBC

     

    YOURSKY CHAPTERS HOME

  • YOURSKY, Chapter 11

    YOURSKY, Chapter 11

       YOURSKY, Chapter 11

    “Over there a bit, Rak…”

    “Sure, Grandpa… Is that better?”

    “Much better… Your massage skills haven’t slipped a bit. You’re really good, you chubby little pup.”

    The one being praised grinned widely and kept massaging his grandfather’s legs with focus. During holidays, Theerak often spent time with his grandpa.

    With classes nearly every day, the time they used to share had dwindled. Whenever he had free time, he made sure to be with his grandpa as much as possible. Even though his grandpa never complained about being lonely, sitting alone watching TV or reading books, deep down, Theerak knew his grandpa was always waiting and wanting to be with him.

    Bzzzt ~

    The vibration of a notification made the little guy pull one hand away from his grandpa’s leg to reach for the phone in front of him. The other hand kept kneading, though. Theerak answered the call, pressing the phone to his ear with the help of his shoulder before resuming the massage with both hands.

    “What’s up, Phafun?”

    [If I were nearby, I’d smack your head for cheekily using my real name!]

    “Haha, what’s up, Phii Babe? I’m massaging Grandpa right now. Don’t interrupt me and Grandpa’s time ~”

    [Are you going to Klai’s birthday party today? If you are, I’m passing on an invite.]

    “Oh, it’s Klai’s birthday today? Why didn’t you tell me ahead of time? I don’t have a gift for Klai now.”

    [Are you going or not? If you are, I can pick something up for you since I’m at the mall.]

    “…”

    Theerak frowned, thinking it over. Klai was Phii Dom’s cousin, a super friendly guy. Whenever they ran into each other at the university, Klai would always break away from his group of friends to come say hi. Plus, at his birthday last year, Klai showed up even though he’d just gotten back from Korea—straight off the plane, he brought a gift for him.

    [So, what’s it gonna be?]

    “I’ll go, Phii Babe! Please pick out a gift for Klai for me too. Something nice, something cute that suits someone as adorable as Klai… Can you pick something cute? Nothing dark or dull, okay?”

    [Klai’s not that different from you. Picking something for him is like picking something for you.]

    “Not true! Klai’s cute, but I’m handsome.”

    [Ugh, I’m so done with this ‘handsome’ guy! That’s it—I’m off to buy the stuff.] 

    “Yes ~”

    Theerak hung up the phone before looking up at his grandpa sitting on the sofa. He gave his grandpa a puppy-dog look, pleading to go to Klai’s birthday party. Truthfully, Grandpa always allowed it, but Theerak felt that breaking a promise to spend the whole day together might upset him.

    “Grandpaaaaaaa ~ I want to go to Phii Dom’s little brother Klai’s birthday party—the one who came to my birthday last year.”

    “Go ahead, I don’t mind… Sometimes on your days off, if you want to go somewhere, just go, Rak. Don’t worry about me—we see each other every day anyway.”

    “But I don’t know where to go… Staying here and clinging to Grandpa is better, plus it saves money.”

    Grandpa laughed before reaching out to ruffle his hair. “Sigh… If you’re this attached to me, how will you ever get a wife?”

    “I only has you Grandpa, Dad, Mom, Phii Babe, Phii Dom, and that Moogrob—I don’t need anyone else…” After saying that, Theerak’s eyes widened as if he’d just remembered something. “Oh, I forgot… There are also those three troublemakers. That’s enough for me, Grandpa.”

    “Don’t let me see you adding anyone else, Rak…”

    “That’s really it, I swear. This is already warm enough to make me sweat, Grandpa.” the small guy said with a chuckle.

    “Be careful, though. Be careful you don’t end up getting flustered over someone… If that happens, you’re in big trouble, Rak…”

    The small guy, who had been grinning widely while sitting on the floor, slowly closed his mouth, swallowed hard, and lowered his eyes, looking like someone caught red-handed. Grandpa’s words wouldn’t mean anything if he hadn’t let himself get flustered over Muenfah so often.

    Yesterday, when Muenfah leaned on his shoulder and whispered in his ear, his heart raced so fast he couldn’t control it. He spent the whole night wondering how long it would take to calm down and when he’d be able to adjust to being around Muenfah without his heart struggling. But, as usual, he got no answers because he’d never experienced this before.

    I’m not sure if I’m in trouble yet, Grandpa but this heart that keeps fluttering… I’m aware of it all the time.

    Klai’s birthday party was being held at a Korean BBQ restaurant near Siam. Klai said he chose to eat out instead of hosting a private party because he didn’t want to burden his family with a big event. He wanted a relaxed vibe, more like a casual weekend meal with friends.

    Theerak arrived at the restaurant on time with Phii Babe and Phii Dom. Soon after, a few of Klai’s close friends showed up too, so they started ordering food to eat while waiting for the other guests Klai had invited.

    Before heading to the restaurant, Phii Dom had called Muenfah to join because he said Klai and Muenfah had met a few times. If Muenfah came, Phii Dom would have someone to chat with.

    “Panli’s here, but Fah still hasn’t shown up.”

    As for Panli, he was an extra—Phii Dom, for some reason, told him to invite his close friend to the party too. Luckily, Panli happened to be free. At first, he hesitated since he didn’t know the birthday boy, but once he heard Phii Dom invited him and Muenfah was coming too, the close friend agreed.

    “You dressed up all handsome today, huh, dog-faced Li… but you can’t beat me, the eternal champ. I’m way more handsome.”

    “I really want to pinch your mouth shut—you and that smug face.”

    Theerak smiled amusedly before scooting over to let his friend sit beside him. The long bench, capable of seating six people per side, was now nearly full on both sides. It seemed like there was no space left for any latecomers, but Theerak had secretly reserved quite a bit of room for someone special.

    “Rak… can you scoot over a bit more? I’m about to fall off the edge here.” Panli said.

    “Just a tiny bit more, okay? Because…” Theerak shifted only a little for

    Panli before glancing at the empty space he’d left on the inside. “Because

    Phii Fah is big. He might not fit otherwise.”

    “It’s fine, Rak. Sit comfortably. If there’s not enough room, we’ll just ask to extend the table…”

    “That’ll work, right, Klai?”

    “Yes, because there are still a bunch of friends like Klai left. We’ll probably need to extend the table anyway.”

    “Okay… that’s a relief.” Theerak nodded enthusiastically and flashed a smile at Klai. The birthday boy was just too adorable—great personality, good looks, and super polite too. If Klai were a girl, he’d have recommended him to Panli already.

    “You’re really worried, huh? You’ll be waiting for nothing, chubby-cheeks. Phii Fah isn’t coming anymore.” Panli teased.

    “He’s really not coming?” Phii Dom, sitting across from them, asked. Phii Babe, though, seemed to share Theerak’s suspicions, narrowing her eyes at Panli as if trying to catch him in a lie.

    “For real, Phii Dom. Phii Fah said the traffic’s awful… he’s already turned the car around.”

    “If you lie one more time, I won’t share any grilled meat with you, Panli. I mean it—no kidding.” Phii Babe warned.

    “It’s true! If you don’t believe me, call him yourself.”

    “Hmph! Panli, you dog-faced liar, how far are you gonna take this…”

    “He dared you to call and check, so go call him already. Once you get the truth, come back and deal with Panli.” Phii Babe said.

    Theerak nodded in agreement with the older sister. He told the friend blocking his way to move aside so he could step out and call Muenfah to confirm the truth.

    “Poor kid, waiting for nothing.” someone murmured.

    “Wait… hold on, Panli. If this isn’t true, there’ll be tears coming out of you because of me, the tough one, for sure.” Theerak said, pointing at Panli with a warning. Panli, now being threatened, stood there laughing, clearly enjoying it.

    Theerak stepped outside the restaurant since it was too noisy inside. The walkway wasn’t exactly quiet either, with music playing loudly, but he figured it was still better than indoors.

    The small guy pulled his phone out of his pants pocket and dialed Muenfah on LINE to verify what Panli had said. He didn’t want to believe that Muenfah would flake out. Someone as responsible as Muenfah wouldn’t ditch a junior’s birthday party just because of traffic. Theerak was certain Panli was lying to him.

    But if Muenfah really wasn’t coming…

    He’d probably feel relieved, maybe.

    [What’s up?]

    “Phii Fah, you’re not coming to Klai’s birthday party? Panli said you’re not coming anymore because the traffic’s really bad.”

    […]

    “Is that true?”

    [Yes.]

    He really did feel relieved, after all.

    “Is the traffic really bad, Fah’s ocean?”

    [Really bad…]

    “That’s too bad for Phii Fah, because the food here is so delicious.”

    [Heh heh.]

    Theerak looked down and pursed his lips while listening to Muenfah’s laughter. “But don’t worry, Rak will eat extra for you.”

    [Okay.]

    “Then I’ll hang up for now, I need to head back into the restaurant.”

    [Alright…]

    Theerak ended the call with Muenfah and turned to go back inside, but a LINE notification stopped him in his tracks. He paused at the door and lifted his phone to check.

    A message from someone appeared on the screen. M.FAH: Turn around for a sec.

    The one who’d felt relieved after getting confirmation turned back as instructed, and it was in that moment that the emptiness he felt was filled by something.

    … He didn’t know if it was Muenfah showing up or his smile.

    … He didn’t know what filled it.

    But what he did know was…

    His heart was racing again.

    Muenfah was walking toward him, flashing a smile from afar, yet it felt as clear as if he were standing right in front of him. Then Theerak heard that deep voice calling his name, as clear as the music playing along the walkway.

    “Naughty one…”

    “Can’t hold back when I see your face, your smile back at me makes me waver.”

    “…”

    “It’s still like this every day, I have to keep holding my heart back.”

    “Sorry for lying, okay? I just wanted to know if someone was waiting for me.”

    “No one’s waiting, not at all…” Theerak was secretly annoyed at Muenfah for making him feel that emptiness, but now that he’d apologized and shown remorse, he figured he should forgive him. “But honestly, there is someone waiting… sitting inside the restaurant.”

    “And what about this you… were you waiting for me too?”

    “…” Enough already… meaning his heart racing because of Muenfah, enough already T___T. “Well… I’m waiting, just like everyone else is.”

    “Thank you for waiting for me…”

    “…”

    “And thanks for turning back to look at me.”

    “…”

    The look in his eyes, his tone, and Muenfah’s smile right now sparked some kind of phenomenon. Theerak was convinced no one else had ever witnessed it, because it seemed to happen only in his own world…

    20:25, a moment when a giant sun appeared in the middle of Siam.

    20:26

    At that minute, the world of Rak Niran, stopped spinning completely.

     

    #However Many Thousand Skies

    Theerak had heard the phrase “the world stopped spinning” long ago, but he’d never experienced it himself and thought it probably wouldn’t happen to him. Yet now, Theerak truly understood what it meant for the world to stop spinning.

    It was a strange feeling, hard to explain, but he could vaguely grasp what it was like. When his entire world came to a halt, everything around him slowly froze and faded from his field of vision. In the end, all that remained was the sound and the person who made his world stop spinning.

    In his eyes… that’s all there was, truly.

    But the world started orbiting again thanks to the mocking laughter of his best friend beside him. At that moment, Theerak felt both angry at Panli for tricking him and grateful for bringing everything back to normal.

    If it weren’t for Panli’s mocking laugh he’d probably still be out of it right now.

    “Troublemaker, do you want a lot of ice?”

    “A lot, please…”

    Theerak stood waiting as Muenfah scooped ice into a glass for him. Since he’d arrived almost last, he had to get his own drink—nobody saved one for him like they did at the start. By now, everyone was too caught up in grilling meat to bother getting up. He figured Muenfah probably didn’t like crowded places much, and a buffet like this was hard to avoid. Guessing that Muenfah didn’t mind, Theerak got up to keep him company while he grabbed a drink.

    His lychee drink had run out anyway… so he tagged along.

    “What drink do you want, troublemaker?”

    “Lychee, please.”

    Muenfah finished pouring the lychee drink and handed the glass back to him. “Is it good?”

    “Really good… Want to try it, Fah?”

    The taller guy stared at the lychee drink in his hand for a moment before nodding. Theerak turned to grab a new straw to let Muenfah try the drink from his glass. But when he turned back, he saw Muenfah sipping the lychee drink—using the same straw as him.

    That… that was his straw! T___T

    He didn’t mind Muenfah or anything… it just felt weird.

    His heart wasn’t racing, but it felt all fluttery inside somehow.

    “It’s pretty good, but I already got some green tea. I’ll have to finish that first.”

    “O-okay…”

    And so, the new straw in his hand went straight into the trash because he didn’t want Muenfah to think he was grossed out enough to swap straws. Muenfah offered him the green tea glass with a nod, but Theerak shook his head so hard he could feel his cheeks wobbling.

    “I don’t really like green tea…” Truthfully, he could drink it, but this glass… he’d pass for now. He was afraid his heart would stop fluttering and start racing instead.

    “Nothing beats crispy pork basil with fried egg—not Chali, not Brown, and definitely not green tea…”

    Theerak felt his face heat up because Muenfah knew everything about him—knew him so well he could tease him about it. “Phii Fah, you’re starting to know too much. I’m getting suspicious—where did you find all this out?” He narrowed his eyes, playfully pretending to interrogate Muenfah. “Charlie, Brown—I told you those myself… but crispy pork basil with nongreasy fried eggs, ketchup, chocolate ice cream—where did you hear about those, Phii Fah?”

    They were getting closer now, and the growing curiosity made him decide to ask outright.

    “From so many places I can’t even remember, but I’ll let you know once I do.” Muenfah replied.

    “I know you remember, Phii Fah, but you just won’t tell me.”

    “Don’t pout… I’ll tell you later, okay?” Muenfah said with a laugh before reaching out to ruffle his hair.

    Since the man wouldn’t spill yet, he didn’t want to press him. “You promised, okay?”

    “I didn’t promise…” Muenfah pulled back the hand that was ruffling his hair, lowering it to the same level as Theerak’s idle hand by his side. Then, that big hand moved closer, and Muenfah’s pinky hooked around his, sealing a promise. “But I’ll swear to it…”

    …Never thought about it…

    …Never thought that a childish promise, a promise made in front of a vending machine a promise with Muenfah…

    Thump, thump, thump, thump would need his heart as a witness with such a loud response.

    “D-Don’t break your promise! Or I will deduct closeness points… I won’t forget, Phii Fah.”

    “Okay, I won’t break it. Just let me jog his memory a bit, and I’ll hurry to tell you.”

    Theerak didn’t fully understand everything Muenfah said. Right now, he only knew that the other wouldn’t break their promise, and someday he’d get his answer. He wouldn’t push or demand it if Muenfah wasn’t ready, because he wanted everything to come from Muenfah’s own comfort.

    The small guy untangled his pinky from Muenfah’s. Theerak pressed his lips together, lowered his eyes, and turned to walk back to the table without waiting for Muenfah. He was so embarrassed his face felt hotter than the grill pan.

    Everyone was chatting and joking around happily. Theerak sat down in a new spot since Panli had claimed the innermost seat.

    “Li! You’re eating that much shrimp?”

    “Want some?”

    “Not really… Well, I do, but I’m just shocked at the shrimp on your plate.”

    Theerak’s eyes widened as he pointed at the huge pile of peeled shrimp on Panli’s plate. Everyone else had ordered meat, but Panli was the only one who got seafood. At first, he’d been too shy to even look at Muenfah, but Panli’s shrimp made him forget everything.

    “Phii Fah, Phii Fah, look at Panli! He’s secretly peeling shrimp to eat alone… It’s a mountain!” He pointed at Panli’s shrimp plate for the person beside him to see. Muenfah leaned over to look where he was pointing, saying nothing—just quietly picking shrimp from the grill, putting it on his own plate, and starting to peel.

    “Don’t exaggerate, chubby-cheeks… It’s just a little.”

    “Don’t be so greedy, Li. Have some consideration for Klai—he went out of his way to treat us. Peel some for the birthday boy… and share with the birthday boy’s friends too…”

    “You mean share with you too, right?”

    “Yes…”

    Panli shook his head upon hearing the answer, glancing at the chubbycheeked guy who was laughing delightedly. “For real, huh, chubby-cheeks?”

    “Go ahead and eat. If anyone wants more seafood, take it. We’ve already set the seafood prices, so it’s not costing us extra.” Theerak said.

    “Klai’s really generous.” someone commented.

    “Here… a birthday gift.”

    Theerak looked at the large plate of shrimp Panli handed to the birthday boy. Klai seemed slightly surprised but accepted it. It wasn’t just Klai who was shocked—everyone else showed similar expressions of amazement.

    “Just a bit ago, I asked Phii Dom what Klai likes so I could get him a belated gift. Phii Dom said Klai likes shrimp, so I’ll peel shrimp as a birthday gift for now… You’re turning twenty today, right?”

    “Uh, yeah.”

    “There are twenty shrimp in the plate, matching your age… Happy birthday, and nice to meet you.”

    “Thank you so much, and nice to meet you too.”

    “You’re welcome!”

    Once Klai took the plate of shrimp and Panli started wiping his hands with a tissue, everyone turned their attention back to the meat on their own grills. Theerak smiled to himself, thinking Panli’s way of breaking the ice was pretty cute.

    So many shrimp… I’m really jealous of Klai.” Theerak said before shifting his gaze from Klai, who was staring at his shrimp plate. He got ready to peel some shrimp for himself, but suddenly, a big, already-peeled shrimp was held up to his mouth. Turning to look, he realized it came from Muenfah.

    “If you want to eat, I can peel it for you. No need to be jealous of anyone.” Muenfah said.

    “…” He hadn’t expected Muenfah to peel it for him. The guy had been quietly peeling shrimp, ignoring everyone else. “Uh, Phii Fah, you should eat it yourself. I can peel it myself—it’s no big deal.”

    “Open your mouth wide, okay? It’ll get messy otherwise.”

    “B-But…”

    “Open wide, stubborn one.”

    Theerak opened his mouth as Muenfah instructed. The sweet, plump shrimp was fed to him, and he chewed the tender meat happily. It was so delicious it felt like light was bursting out of his mouth.

    “Tasty?”

    “Really tasty, Phii Fah!”

    “I’ll peel another one for you…” Muenfah took another shrimp from the grill, placed it on a plate, and started peeling it quietly, just like before. But then, as if remembering something, he looked up at the birthday boy. “Klai, grab your gift from my car when we head back, okay? I prepared it but forgot to bring it down because I was in a rush.”

    “No problem, Phii Fah. Thank you so much…”

    “How rushed were you to forget a gift?” Phii Dom asked.

    I heard a sulky little voice from someone around here… worried I wouldn’t show up, so they called to check on me. Made me rush over too.”

    “I wasn’t sulky at all. You got it wrong, Phii Fah…”

    “Oh, really? So if I didn’t come, would you be sad?”

    “…” He was stunned, his brain… completely stunned. “If it was earlier, it might not have been a big deal, but now I’d be really upset because there’d be no one to peel shrimp for me to eat.”

    “You’re such a foodie, you chubby-cheeked goof!” Panli said, reaching out to pinch his arm.

    “Ow! Panli! That hurts…”

    “Well, you’re annoying me.”

    “Panli… I told you not to tease him.”

    Theerak turned and gave Panli a smirk. Now he had Muenfah as backup to help him out, so his teasing best friend probably wouldn’t dare mess with him too much anymore. But the buzzing sound from Muenfah’s phone pulled his attention away from Panli. He didn’t mean to snoop, but since it was sitting on the table, he couldn’t help but see who was calling.

    “Phii Fah, your mom’s calling…”

    “Naughty one, can you answer it for me?”

    “What!?” Theerak’s voice must have been too loud because everyone stopped talking and turned to look at him. But when he shook his head and flashed a smile back, things returned to normal.

    “Answer for my mom instead. Tell her I’m peeling shrimp for little naughty you…”

    Is that okay?” Would Muenfah’s mom think badly of him for making her son peel shrimp until he couldn’t answer the phone himself? “Shouldn’t Panli answer instead?”

    “You do it. My hands are dirty again.”

    “You can answer it, I trust you.”

    Theerak picked up Muenfah’s phone and pressed accept. Phii Dom and Phii Babe, sitting across from them, were too busy chatting happily with someone nearby to pay any attention to their junior.

    [Fah…]

    “H-Hello… uh, right now Phii Fah’s hands are dirty, so I’m answering for him.”

    [Oh, oh… is this Rak, dear?]

    “Y-Yes, it is.”

    [What’s Phii Fah doing? I couldn’t hear clearly earlier.]

    “Phii Fah’s peeling shrimp, ma’am. His hands are dirty, so he asked me to answer for him.”

    [Oh, I was calling to ask Phii Fah about the sofa in the living room.]

    “Then, uh…” What should he call her? Might as well follow her lead and use what she calls herself. “Please wait a moment, ma’am.”

    [Okay.]

    “Phii Fah, your mom has something to talk to you about. I will hold the phone for you to talk, okay?”

    “Okay.” Theerak held the phone to Muenfah’s ear. He stayed silent for a moment before speaking, “It’s all set, ma’am. I signed for it already. They only delivered the first sofa set, though—the wine cabinet hasn’t arrived yet.”

    “…”

    “Yes, got it, ma’am…” Muenfah pulled his face away from the phone and turned to him. “Mom wants to talk to little naughty you next.”

    “Huh? You want to talk to Rak?” he asked, pointing at himself. Muenfah nodded in confirmation and popped a peeled shrimp into his mouth. Theerak quickly chewed and swallowed the shrimp before continuing the conversation with the caller. “Yes, Mom?”

    [How are you, dear? Has studying been tough lately?]

    Mom spoke as if she knew him well.

    “Not too bad, Mom.”

    [If it gets tough, make sure to take care of yourself, okay? Otherwise, you’ll get sick often like Phii Fah did in his second year. Back then, he caught colds so easily and was too stubborn to see a doctor.] 

    “Muenfah’s always been stubborn, hasn’t he, Mom…” As soon as he said it, his eyes widened, realizing he’d accidentally roasted Muenfah to his own mother.

    [Haha, so stubborn, yes. If Fah gets too stubborn, I give you permission to punish him, okay? Confiscate his wallet, car keys, or even ground him from playing soccer.]

    “I wouldn’t dare do that, Mom!”

    [You’ll dare once you’re closer. Trust me—Muenfah’s stubbornness deserves some punishment.] 

    Theerak ducked his head, pressing his lips together to suppress a smile. What Mom said was probably true. “He’s super stubborn about eating breakfast too, but he’s starting to eat it now.”

    [I have to thank you so much for getting that stubborn Fah to eat breakfast… Lately, he’s been sending me pictures of his breakfast to show off. And he even says he has to go claim a reward from his troublemaker for eating it.] 

    “…” So Muenfah told Mom about that too…

    [What are you two up to right now?]

    “We’re at Phii Dom’s little brother’s birthday party, Mom.”

    [Oh, really? Then I won’t keep you kids any longer. Have fun, okay?]

    “Y-Yes, Mom… Take care of yourself too, Mom.” Theerak felt he should say that, since she seemed so kind and caring toward others. He wanted her to know he cared too. But he wasn’t sure what was so funny about his words that made Muenfah chuckle low in his throat.

    [Alright, love you kids!]

    “Yes, Mom.”

    “Done talking?”

    “Yes…” Theerak placed Muenfah’s phone back where it was before asking what had been on his mind. “Does Mom know me too?”

    “She does. I told my Mom I wanted to get close to you, and now we’re almost there.”

    “What did you tell your Mom about me? You didn’t tell her silly stuff about me, did you? That’d embarrass me, Phii Fah!”

    Muenfah shook his head slightly before feeding him a third shrimp. “Just said this person’s a troublemaker. Mom could figure it out from there.”

    “Phii Fah… By now, Mom probably thinks I’m some naughty kid. You’ve got to clear that up for me!”

    “I’ll fix it myself… I talk to Mom every day.”

    “Clear it up for me too, Li.”

    “Fine… In exchange for a cheek bite, how about that?”

    “Then forget it.”

    Panli laughed and turned his attention back to his grilled meat. Meanwhile, Theerak started grilling his own meat too, sneaking a glance at the person beside him who was quietly peeling shrimp as usual. Muenfah didn’t seem to have any intention of eating himself—just kept peeling shrimp to feed him.

    “Phii Fah, I don’t want any more. Eat some yourself, please.”

    “I’m not hungry yet…”

    Theerak sighed. Stubborn Muenfah was truly stubborn—his mom had even confirmed it. Knowing how headstrong the guy next to him was, Theerak used his chopsticks to pick the best piece of meat from the grill, put it on his plate, and blew on it to cool it down a bit before holding it up to the stubborn one’s mouth.

    “Sky, open your mouth for Sea right now…”

    Muenfah shook his head, still focused on peeling shrimp. “…”

    “Sky… Do you know what happens if Sea gets mad?”

    Muenfah looked up to meet his eyes. “What happens?”

    “A tsunami…” Theerak furrowed his brows slightly as Muenfah chuckled low in his throat. And it wasn’t just Muenfah laughing—everyone who overheard their conversation joined in too. Now Theerak was so embarrassed his face turned bright red. He was about to pop the meat into his own mouth to console himself for being laughed at, but Muenfah snatched it with his mouth first.

    “I only ate it because I’m scared of a giant tsunami wave.”

    “Ugh!! You didn’t have to, Phii Fah—everyone’s already laughing at Rak!”

    “They’re laughing because they find you adorable, chubby-cheeks. Who in the world could be as cute as you?”

    “No one else—only Sea, that’s it.”

    The small guy, teased amid the laughter, lowered his head to grill his meat, avoiding everyone’s eyes. Even his big sister, Babe, couldn’t help but giggle at her little brother’s adorable words. But seeing how shy the chubby-cheeked boy was, everyone switched to talking about something else instead.

    “Can I have another piece of meat?”

    “Didn’t you say you weren’t hungry?”

    “I will eat a lot now, so I have energy to run when the tsunami hits.”

    “Phii Fah!!”

    “There, there, I won’t tease anymore…” Muenfah laughed before wrapping an arm around the sulky little guy’s neck, pulling him into his chest. But with shrimp-smeared hands, he couldn’t pat his head, so he just fed the freshly peeled shrimp to the one in his arms instead. “If you eat the shrimp, it means you’re not mad anymore.”

    “Not yet!” Theerak took the shrimp in his mouth and pulled away from

    Muenfah’s embrace. Trying to make up with him by luring him with shrimp?

    It wouldn’t work. He’d tricked him into eating shrimp and still didn’t realize it.

    They kept eating leisurely until the restaurant’s time limit was up, then everyone went their separate ways home. He left with Phii Babe and Phii Dom as usual. His parking lot and Muenfah’s were on opposite ends, but Muenfah insisted on walking them over even though there were already three of them.

    “See ya, Fah.”

    “Yeah, drive safe.”

    “Same as you.”

    “I’m heading off now, okay, Phii Fah?”

    “Okay… see you tomorrow, right?”

    “Yup, bye-bye!”

    Theerak waved goodbye to the tall figure still standing by the car. Sitting inside the car now, he stared at a smile that felt like morning sunlight, because that smile from Muenfah made him realize that all the phenomena happening…

    Only Muenfah could make them happen.

    #However Many Thousand Skies

    TBC

     

    YOURSKY CHAPTERS HOME

  • YOURSKY, Chapter 10

    YOURSKY, Chapter 10

       YOURSKY, Chapter 10

    “Is this really ‘nothing going on’?”

    “Normally, seniors and juniors can just sniff each other’s heads in the middle of the university, right? Totally normal…”

    “Super normal, huh, you jerk Ball—your voice is so high-pitched…”

    “See? And you guys accused me of spreading fake news just to get chewed out by Fah. See? I told you there’s something going on.”

    “Well, Fah denied there’s anything between them. So what are we supposed to think? We’ve got to believe the guy who never lies over a braggart like you, right?”

    “I say we keep an eye on this. Muenfah might just be tight-lipped.”

    “Alright, enough—your friend Fah is walking over here.”

    The conversation among his friends at the smoking area looped back into Muenfah’s mind as he ran his fingers over the creased, crumpled white cigarette. They probably didn’t think he’d overhear them debating his relationship with Theerak with such gusto. For the first time, Muenfah didn’t feel annoyed that his friends were trying to dig into his personal life. Instead, he felt guilty for not being able to explain anything to them yet.

    Everything was still uncertain.

    ‘Just wait a bit, guys.

    I’m trying…’

    Muenfah knew his friends understood him well enough that they didn’t bother asking questions after he quietly joined them at the smoking spot. They all just glanced at the three battered cigarettes in his hand—except for Dom, who sat there with a smirk and nudged him, asking if he wanted a fresh one. Once Dom dared to break the ice, the others followed suit, offering him their pristine cigarettes. But he shook his head, refusing, and instead smoothed out the creases on the crumpled ones with his fingers.

    They could probably guess how he felt about his junior from his obvious actions. Muenfah felt a little less guilty when he realized this was a way to confirm what his friends were curious about, even if he couldn’t say it outright. His actions likely conveyed enough for them to understand something, and since they picked up on it, they stayed quiet, not pressing further. Some sighed and just watched him instead.

    Like Real, who had just sat down across from him and stared silently.

    “Rich as you are, and you’re smoking cigarettes you picked up from the trash?”

    “Keep running your mouth, and I’ll leave you to run the restaurant alone.” “…” Real grinned, amused. He stared at the crumpled cigarettes in his close friend’s hand. Real didn’t know where Muenfah had gotten them, but if he had to guess, he’d bet they came from that chubby-cheeked junior. He was certain that anything his friend received from that person would always hold value, no matter its condition. “Is this what you meant yesterday when I asked where your cigarettes went, and you said you left them with someone?”

    Muenfah gave a slight nod before lifting one of the barely usable white sticks to his lips, lighting it while thinking he’d smoked plenty of cigarettes in his life, but no pack had ever made him as happy as these three he’d just gotten back. A faint smile crept onto his face as he realized what made the difference.

    “You left them with Nong Rak, huh?”

    “Yeah.”

    “And he gave them back today, right? That’s why you’re in such a good mood. Yesterday, you were grumpy as hell—like a rabid dog. I even offered to share mine, and you wouldn’t take it.”

    “…”

    “It’s probably because I’ve already decided to give all my time to him. That’s why I don’t feel like it’s been long at all… whether it’s slow or fast, in the end, I’m still in the same place. Time doesn’t matter as much as his peace of mind.”

    “Man, Fah… I never thought you’d actually think so deeply about someone again. Ever since you broke up with Yam, it’s like you couldn’t love anyone anymore.”

    Muenfah gave a faint smile. “But after this one… I probably won’t be able to love anyone else again.”

    It was a truth that echoed loudly in his heart…

    The real truth that loving someone with all your heart feels like this.

    LINE ~

    Muenfah glanced at his phone as it buzzed with a notification. A message from someone he was thinking about made him let out a soft chuckle. His long fingers swiped the screen to open the chat.

    Theerak: At this hour, I don’t know if you made it home yet.

    Theerak: But I bet you is still working at the restaurant for sure.

    Theerak: I just wanted to say it’d be good to change your clothes first, okay? You might catch a cold. Washing your hair would be even better.

    Theerak: I’m not saying you head stinks or anything… don’t get the wrong idea, okay?

    Theerak: I’m heading off now, okay? Won’t bug you anymore.

    Muenfah didn’t reply. He figured the little one had probably turned off his phone and tossed it somewhere after saying goodbye. He tapped his fingers on the keyboard, preparing to wish him goodnight even though he wasn’t sure if he’d get a response.

    But he wanted him to know it was still the same.

    Still in the same place.

    Theerak: Before I really go Without expecting that someone would be waiting here too Waiting for him the same way… not going anywhere.

    Muenfah deleted the “goodnight” that would’ve ended the conversation and replaced it with something to keep the person in the chat lingering a bit longer.

    M.FAH: I changed clothes already, okay? But I’ll probably have to wash my hair back at the condo.

    Theerak: Oh… so you really haven’t gone back to the condo yet.

    M.FAH: Does the stubborn one have anything to say to me before heading off?

    Theerak: I want to tell you to drive carefully, okay? It’s dangerous at night.

    M.FAH: I will be careful.

    Theerak: That’s all, okay? M.FAH: Okay.

    Theerak: Oh, but one more thing, okay? M.FAH: What’s that?

    Theerak: Since you’re still working right now… want to hear the sound of the sea?

    The one being asked let out a soft laugh in his throat.

    M.FAH: I do, okay? I want to know if the sea sounds different at night compared to the daytime.

    Theerak: send a voice

    Muenfah tapped to play the voice message from the kind-hearted person who’d sent the sound of the sea as encouragement.

    ‘Phii Fah ~’

    He burst out laughing when he heard the small guy’s voice mixed with a yawn, slightly distorting his name. Still, he could guess that the little one was calling him. Muenfah listened intently to the next sentence Theerak said after finishing his yawn.

    “Heh, sorry about that, I’m so sleepy my eyes are closing, and I ended up yawning right when I called you, Phii Fah.”

    “The sound of the sea at midnight is kinda slow, you know… shoo ~~~, shoo ~~~, right?”

    As soon as he heard it, Muenfah typed a message back. M.FAH: Thank you ocean, you can go to sleep now.

    Theerak: Okay.

    M.FAH: Good night, naughty one.

    Theerak: Night, sweet dreams, Fah’s ocean.

    Theerak:    

    “Not cute just a little… so cute it makes my heart race, damn cute,” Real, who’d been watching for a while, chimed in.

    “True.”

    And that symbol    he sent…

    It makes him as cute as the ocean and the sky combined.

     

    #However Many Thousand Skies

    “Hey, Type, slow down a bit, you jerk! The chubby-cheeked guy can’t keep up with you!”

    “Then feed him yourself, damn it, he’s too busy laughing with Panli…” “Rak… hold on, turn around and eat first, quick, Type’s about to devour it all!”

    The one being called tore his eyes away from the phone screen, where Panli was holding it to show funny clips, to eat bingsu. He loved eating desserts, but he enjoyed watching the clips Panli found for him just as much.

    “Eat up, you lot. If it runs out, I’ll buy more… I like watching him laugh, and you guys keep interrupting.”

    “Panli… find a wife already, trust me, you can’t keep doting on your friend like this,” Joy said while spooning a mix of Ovaltine powder and condensed milk into the chubby-cheeked guy’s mouth.

    “I’ve tried… but no one’s as endearing as him.”

    “Before you tell Panli to find a wife, how about you find a husband and have a kid already… so you don’t have to dote on your friend like he’s your child?”

    “Hey, Type!”

    Theerak laughed while scooping bingsu. “Chill out, this Theerak can be everything for you… even the ocean.”

    “What? Ocean what?”

    Type’s question snapped Theerak back to his senses, making him realize what he’d just said. The one being questioned could only offer a sheepish smile. Theerak was now wondering how to answer the three friends waiting for an explanation. Truthfully, he could explain what he meant by that slipup, but they’d definitely tease him until he was embarrassed.

    Because the word “ocean” came from Muenfah.

    Muenfah made him the ocean.

    You know, a place to rest… if anyone’s feeling down or needs encouragement, they can come to this Theerak. I’ve always got support to give… shoo ~ shoo ~ like the sound of the sea, haven’t you ever heard it?”

    “Nope, just heard it from you, you chubby-cheeked goof.”

    “I think everyone’s going to lose it because of your ‘shoo ~ shoo ~’ sounds more than anything else.”

    Theerak furrowed his brow before asking, “Why, Li?”

    “Because it’s so cute it makes my heart melt.” Panli said, reaching out to pinch those chubby-cheeks.

    “You adore me so much, don’t you, huh ~”

    “Stop being cute right now, chubby-cheeks! I’m going to squish your face!”

    Theerak laughed until his mouth trembled as Joy raised both hands, pretending she was about to squish his cheeks. But she held back, afraid he’d run off again. After yesterday’s incident, no one dared pinch his cheeks too hard anymore.

    They’d said it before—if they didn’t have this chubby-cheeked guy, they wouldn’t survive.

    “So, why did Phii Fah stop by to see you at the cafeteria earlier?” Panli asked, as if he’d just remembered.

    “He came to get his cigarettes, because he ate breakfast this morning.”

    “Wait… didn’t you give Phii Fah the whole pack back yesterday?” Type asked.

    Nope. I’m holding onto them. I give him two or three a day… If I gave them all back, that stubborn Muenfah definitely wouldn’t wake up to eat breakfast again.”

    Panli burst out laughing, giving his best friend a thumb-up. “Brilliant, chubby-cheeks! You’ve got to be this sneaky to handle Phii Fah.”

    The one being praised seemed to swell with pride, smiling until his cheeks nearly burst, nodding eagerly. “I believe it won’t be long before stubborn

    Muenfah turns into good boy Muenfah.”

    “Aww… ~ Chubby-cheeks, calling him that… Do you adore him that much?”

    Theerak turned to Joy, reflecting on his own words. Then, images of moments with Muenfah floated back into his mind.

    There were so many instances that made him feel even stubborn Muenfah had his cute sides too.

    Like…

    When he admitted his mistake… “That day, Phii Fah was really naughty. Phii Fah accepts it.”

    When he whined in his typical Muenfah way… “I’m hungry.”

    When he was scared of being mad at him and ending their closeness… “Hit me as many times as you want. Phii Fah will let you smack my hand.”

    When he bowed his head to let him wipe his hair…

    The little guy, with so many thoughts swirling in his head, closed his eyes and took a slow breath before asking himself again. The answer he got had to be shared because his friends were waiting for it.

    “It feels like I’m starting to adore him more and more…”

    Eek ~ I want to scream… Why am I so flustered? More flustered than when my boyfriend asked me out!”

    Panli smirked before saying, “If you adore him, don’t stop, okay? You’ve got to keep adoring him forever.”

    “Can people even stop adoring someone, Li?…No way.”

    “Who knows? What if you get tired of my brother and stop adoring him… No one can tell.”

    “How could that ever happen? That’d be like asking for my feelings back from him… No chance. I’ve never done that with anyone. Once I give my feelings, they’re given for good.”

    “You said it, alright…” Panli emphasized.

    “Yep! I’ll keep adoring him. I’ll keep cheering him on. That’s it.”

    Panli nodded slightly, thinking to himself…

    ‘It’s close now, Phii Fah… Chubby-cheeks have started looking back a little.’

    “Yeah, the third-years called our second-year group for another meeting today about the open house. They said it’s to discuss changing the venue.” Type said, looking down at his phone to check the group LINE chat.

    “They messaged it in the group chat?”

    “Yeah…”

    “When?”

    “This evening, after we finished class. They’re waiting at the fifth-floor library. They said they’ve booked a big meeting room so it’ll be private.”

    Right then, everyone’s phones started buzzing with notifications, competing for attention until they all picked them up to check. Theerak scrolled through the messages Type had already mentioned, rereading them before closing the chat since he’d already replied. But then the group LINE with both third years and second years popped up too. A second-year friend messaged about a photography assignment the professor had given a few days ago.

    Lay: Seniors, can we consult you about the assignment?

    Ball: Go ahead, tell us.

    Lay: The professor just assigned a photo project to shoot the sky.

    Ball: The one where you have to shoot the sky every half hour, right?

    Lay: Yes, and we’re supposed to take the photos of the sky as it changes over time and arrange them into a single image.

    Ball: That project’s about showing the changes in the sky, like from bright to dark, right?

    Lay: Yes, exactly!

    Ball: Isn’t it from 6 a.m. to 6 p.m.?

    Lay: Yes, that’s right.

    Ball: What do you want to consult about? Go ahead…

    Lay: Are there any techniques or tips? We’ve heard some from the professor and kind of get it, but we’d like some extra advice from you seniors to minimize mistakes.

    Ball: Honestly, there’s a lot to explain. Did anyone bring a camera today? I can go over it with you.

    Lay: Yes, we’ve got one! We’re meeting today about the open house anyway.

    Ball: Alright, we’ll come find you.

    Lay: Thank you so much, Phii Ball!

    Theerak was about to close the chat after seeing that the seniors agreed to come explain the assignment to them this evening. But then Type told him to ask the seniors something.

    “You can just ask when they get here, right…?”

    “Ask now, just in case we forget.”

    “Then why don’t you ask yourself?” Joy piped up.

    “Am I as adorable as Rak?”

    Theerak ignored his two bickering friends and typed out the question they wanted to know.

    Theerak: Phii, is the best spot for this project a tall building? M.FAH: Yes, like the rooftop of a building.

    M.FAH: Find a spot with the least obstructed view.

    Ploy24: Ploy was just about to ask the seniors about this, actually. I heard the same advice from the professor too, just like Phii Fah said, but I asked again in case the seniors could recommend some extra good spots.

    DomBabe: The rooftop of the dorm or condo for you guys works well too, as long as you can see the sky widely without anything blocking it.

    Ploy24: Oh, thank you, Phii Dom! 

    After seeing the female friend thank Phii Dom, Theerak immediately realized he should thank the senior who gave advice too. Since joining this group, he’d never seen Muenfah respond to anyone—

    Until…

    Theerak: Thank you, Phii Fah.

    M.FAH: Are you meeting with the others this evening too?

    Theerak: Yes.

    M.FAH: After I finish class, I’ll come find you, okay?

    Ploy24: Okay!

    JaJa: Yes!

    Teman: Okay! 

    “He didn’t even mention me…”

    “Yeah, well… they still don’t realize it.”

    “Right, maybe it’s a mistype? Just reading this, you can tell he’s only talking to his chubby-cheeked buddy.”

    “I get Phii Fah now. The reason he doesn’t reply much in the group is because he gets swarmed like this…”

    Theerak looked up at Joy and Type, who were chatting excitedly back and forth, before glancing down at the text he’d left unsent. The words ‘Okay, Phii Fah’ were still lingering on the screen, unposted, because so many friends kept replying to Muenfah nonstop. Theerak wanted to wait for things to calm down first, but it didn’t seem like that’d happen easily. He considered messaging Muenfah privately instead, but the question that popped up next made him decide to stay in the group chat for now.

    M.FAH: Are you okay, stubborn one?

    M.FAH: I am waiting for your reply, okay?

    Theerak: Okay, Phii Fah. M.FAH: Okay. 

    Ball: Hey, hey, no need for the others to feel left out! I’m telling you, Phii Tim, Phii Run, Phii Dom—they’re all still available to give advice, okay? Plus, Phii Babe, Phii Dom’s girlfriend, is another option.

    DomBabe: But Babe didn’t come today because she’s sick.

    Run: Everyone sticks to their own crew, got it? Anyone who wants to join my group, split up and wait this evening. I’m only tutoring five people.

    Tim: If you’re in Phii Run’s group, the info won’t be as solid as it is with Phii Tim. 

    Once Theerak saw there wasn’t anything important left in the group chat, he locked his phone screen and turned his attention back to the zoo movie.

    But a LINE notification buzzed again, pulling his focus back.  M.FAH: Stubborn one…

    Theerak picked up his phone to reply to Muenfah.

    Theerak: Yes, Phii Fah.

    M.FAH: Dom told me that you’re looking for a place to shoot the project, right?

    Theerak: Yeah, at first I was going to shoot at home, but that didn’t work. Then I thought about shooting at Babe’s friend’s condo, but that fell through too because her friend moved out. Phii Dom’s place isn’t okay either since there are too many trees.

    M.FAH: So where did Panli go to shoot?

    Theerak: Yesterday, Panli said he’d shoot at an old friend’s condo. M.FAH: What about the others?

    Theerak: They’re shooting at their own dorms, friends’ condos, or their partners’ condos, pretty much. But it’s fine, Phii Fah. Last night, Phii Dom said he’d ask a friend today. That friend’s condo is perfect for this project. We’re waiting for an answer this evening about whether it’s okay.

    M.FAH: It’s okay.

    Wait… hold on a second.

    M.FAH: Naughty one, you can come shoot at at a rooftop—my place. I’m allowing it.

    For real…?

    Because he wasn’t sure, Theerak left Muenfah hanging in the chat and immediately called Phii Dom. It didn’t take long for Phii Dom to pick up. The sound of third-year seniors chatting lively leaked through the line, making Theerak hesitate to ask about it right away. But Phii Dom probably sensed it and stepped away to a quieter spot before asking him

    [What’s up?]

    “Phii Dom, last night you said you’d ask a friend about a place to shoot the project… is it… Phii Fah’s condo?”

    [Yeah, has Fah messaged you already?]

    T___T, Oh man… Phii Dom, seriously. If you’d told me from the start, I wouldn’t be feeling this flustered right now.

    “Y-Yes, he messaged me already.”

    [Then sort out the date and time yourselves, okay?]

    “There’s no other option, right, Phii Dom?”

    [Fah’s condo is the best. When he did this project, even the professor praised how great the location was. I’ve been thinking for a while that when it’s your turn, I would tell you to ask to shoot at Fah’s condo.]

    “O-Okay. If Phii Dom says it’s good, then I think it’s good too.”

    [Then see you this evening, chubby-cheeks. I’ll come by the meeting room too. We’ll head back together later, and I’ll drop you off at home since I’m getting porridge for Babe too.]

    “Okay…”

    After hanging up, he instantly became the target of his friends’ stares. They must’ve overheard him asking Phii Dom and were now looking at him with curious faces—except Panli, who seemed slightly less interested than the others.

    “What’s going on… what’s this about, chubby-cheeks?”

    “Ohhh, so the reason you refused to shoot at my dorm was because of this…”

    “It’s not what you think, Type… I saw that your department already has a ton of friends going to shoot there. How could I squeeze in with them?”

    “Enough, you guys, stop teasing him already. If he gets too shy and refuses to go to my brother’s condo, there’ll be no project submission—and it’ll be your fault.”

    “Exactly! This time, I’m dragging all of you with me!”

    “Shooting at my brother’s condo is a good idea, Rak. You shouldn’t say no, because Phii Fah doesn’t let just anyone go there. Even me, his little brother, had to beg over and over. This time, consider it Phii Fah being extra nice to you.”

    “You’re not cute enough, Li…” Joy said.

    “Fine, I’ll admit it. But if I’m not handsome, Joy, you’d better call your engineering boyfriend to come fight me. I won’t let it slide.”

    Theerak, who had been listening to his friend’s bicker, decided to open Muenfah’s chat again. He typed a few sentences, preparing to send them, but ended up deleting everything until not a single letter remained. He did this several times but finally mustered the courage to ask.

    Theerak: Phii Fah, hi! M.FAH: Hi.

    Theerak: When is your condo free?

    Theerak: I mean, when can I come over to shoot?

    M.FAH: Anytime you want. My condo’s free every day.

    Theerak: Then how about the day after tomorrow? I saw my friends are all starting to shoot soon, so I don’t think I’d be starting too early, right?

    M.FAH: Not at all. Finishing this kind of project ahead of time is best since it’s not something you can whip up with a program.

    Theerak: Okay, Phii Fah! Then we’ve got a plan for the day after tomorrow at your condo, right?

    M.FAH: Yep, but we’ve got to meet at the meeting room this evening first.

    Theerak: Right, I almost forgot!

    M.FAH: I’ve got class now. See you later!

    Theerak: Okay! 

     

    #However Many Thousand Skies

    After finishing their last class, Theerak and his friends gathered in the meeting room. While waiting for the third-year seniors to come explain the photography project, they sorted out the open house preparations in the meantime. Switching to a larger venue meant they had to rework nearly the entire plan and even form new teams to handle the additional tasks that came up.

    And those new teams needed leaders.

    “We need a team leader for the art department…”

    “Who’s the art team leader? Handling the signs and booths.”

    “Me, me…!”

    Theerak tried raising his hand as high as he could, but the two friends taking notes couldn’t see him because he was blocked by other classmates sitting in front. So, he shouted loudly, competing with the dozen other friends chatting about unrelated topics.

    “Who was that just now? The art team leader?”

    “My friend, sir… Rak Niran.”

    The person jotting down names, preparing to stand up and find the head of the art department, nodded to acknowledge their own faculty year. Panli’s voice made everyone sitting at the front pause their conversations and glance over briefly before returning to their usual state.

    This meeting room was a large space with no tables or chairs, so everyone had to sit on the floor. The only convenience was a big projector screen for displaying slides.

    The room could hold up to thirty people, but since everyone’s builds varied, it was already starting to feel cramped with just twenty-five secondyear students present.

    If five third-years joined it’d be packed like sardines in a can.

    Theerak had been to this room as a freshman. He remembered it being his favorite because it was spacious, open, and perfect for lying down, plus the air conditioning was refreshingly cool. But now, he was starting to feel a bit claustrophobic and slightly warm.

    “Is that the third-years?”

    “Yeah, Phii Ball!”

    “Phii Fah too… Phii Fah’s walking behind them.”

    It seemed the topic of conversation in the meeting room shifted to the third-years who had just arrived. Earlier, everyone had been chatting amongst themselves without paying much attention to anything else.

    “Have you been waiting long, kids? Today we had class with the strict professor—he loves letting us out late.”

    “Not long, Phii Ball. We just finished our meeting.”

    The large door was held open by Phii Dom, waiting for his friends to come inside. The last one to take over closing the door was Muenfah. The five seniors plopped down at the front. Theerak, sitting at the back of the row, craned his neck to see how far the seniors had gotten in explaining the photography assignment. Truthfully, he’d already gotten a lot of techniques and advice from Phii Babe, but Theerak was the type who loved learning, so he wanted to hear what the other seniors had to say too.

    “Honestly, this assignment isn’t hard, and the professor for this class is nice too.”

    Theerak nodded while listening to Phii Ball speak.

    “The point of this assignment is that the professor wants us to learn more about camera functions—how to use shutter speed, set the aperture, stops, and a bunch of other stuff. Because at first, we studied the theory, right?”

    “…”

    “After that, it’s all about practice… So I’ll start by explaining the basics of how to use it. You’ve probably heard some of this from the professor already, but we’ll go over it again. Split up into groups now, and we’ll spread out to help you so we can wrap up faster.”

    Once Phii Ball finished speaking, everyone started scattering into circles, forming groups as they pleased. Theerak stayed at the back of the room with his usual friends.

    Theerak flashed a smile at Phii Dom, who was walking toward his group, and waved, making Phii Dom burst out laughing. But then, the voices of the group next to them grew slightly louder. Theerak turned toward the sound, only to find that group staring at him for a moment before shifting their gaze to something above his head.

    The small guy, sensing something odd was happening around him, quickly turned back around. The first thing Theerak noticed as he lowered his eyes to the floor was a familiar pair of black Vans sneakers. He swallowed hard before looking up at the person standing in front of him.

    That smile, like morning sunlight, was so clear in that moment it made his heart race uncontrollably.

    “Phii Fah.”

    “Yes, it’s I myself…”

    “…”

    Theerak didn’t respond. He just blinked rapidly, staring at Muenfah, who looked handsomer than ever. Whenever Muenfah was at this angle, it seemed to make his heart beat irregularly.

    “Is there any space next to you for me?”

    “Phii Fah, sit down! I will move his butt myself.” Type said before getting up to squeeze in next to Joy on the opposite side.

    The tall, fairly large-bodied man slowly lowered himself to sit beside him. Theerak had to shift over a bit to make room, feeling a little sorry for the effort it took. Luckily, the other side of Muenfah was a male junior. If it had been a girl, she’d have been pitifully squashed flat under him. All the juniors willingly squeezed together, knees overlapping, to leave enough space in the middle for the senior to sit comfortably.

    But look at what Muenfah did…

    A stubborn Muenfah is just that—stubborn. He can’t stay a good boy for long.

    “Phii Fah! I am getting cramped over here…” Panli, sitting on Theerak’s other side, complained loudly, drawing the attention of everyone in the group to the two Pisut siblings.

    “Then move to the middle.”

    “But that’s the senior’s spot…”

    “The senior’s allowing it, isn’t he?”

    “But why do you have to squeeze in here…”

    “Because I want to sit next to the stubborn one.”

    Panli shook his head in exasperation before moving to the middle in

    Muenfah’s place. Soon after, Phii Ball came over and sat next to Panli. Theerak furrowed his brows in confusion before turning to look at Muenfah, who sat with a blank face, watching his friend start explaining the project to the juniors. He figured everyone must be puzzled and wondering the same thing, but out of respect for Senior Ball, who was earnestly giving advice, they all had to let Muenfah’s odd behavior slide for now.

    But…

    He couldn’t help it and whispered, “Phii Fah… why aren’t you helping Phii

    Ball?”

    “Because I have something he wants to do more than that…”

    “…”

    “I want to sit next to the stubborn one more.”

    “Phii Fah, you can’t act spoiled like this, okay? You have to help your friends too, you know?”

    Muenfah shook his head before resting his heavy head on Theerak’s shoulder. At that moment, Theerak’s soul practically left his body, overwhelmed by the strong, pleasant scent of Muenfah hitting him so hard it felt like he’d been flung out of the meeting room.

    And he wasn’t the only one barely holding it together. Even Phii Ball, Panli, and the others seemed thrown off by Muenfah’s actions. But the man himself lay there calmly, completely unfazed. Phii Ball, usually so eloquent, was now stammering. Panli lowered his head and clutched his temples, while Joy, trying to keep her composure, signaled to him that… Muenfah was currently asleep.

    Theerak knew full well that Muenfah, the stubborn one, wasn’t sleepy.

    … Not asleep.

    So he had to say something to make the other realize he’d been caught…

    “Phii Fah… don’t act cute after being scolded, okay?”

    “…”

    “I won’t go soft on you…”

    “Does I really have to go out and explain?” the stubborn Muenfah asked, still in the same position.

    “Did you prepare anything?”

    “No, but I remember everything.”

    “Then why not give it a try? A lot of the juniors are waiting for the talented

    Phii Fah to give them some advice.”

    “No one can coax me as well as little naughty you.”

    “Just a little, huh…” Theerak leaned down and whispered softly, wanting only Muenfah to hear, “So everyone can see how great Muenfah is…”

    And it seemed like what Theerak said worked, because Muenfah finally lifted his head off his shoulder. He ran a hand through his chocolate-brown hair, casually fixing it after resting on him. Muenfah got up from the cramped spot they’d been squeezed into and walked over to sit next to Ball. Meanwhile, Panli moved back to take Muenfah’s former spot.

    “How far did we get with the explanation earlier, Ball?”

    “Resting on… wait! What the hell am I? I can’t unsee it now…” “…”

    “Up to shutter speed…”

    “Then I’ll go over it again for you all…”

    Theerak listened carefully to what Muenfah was explaining. His tone and expression were calm and steady as usual, but no matter how he presented himself, Muenfah still managed to draw everyone’s attention effortlessly.

    Theerak couldn’t deny that Muenfah really did look impressive.

    “That’s all for now… If you want to know more, you can ask Ball.”

    Muenfah stood up from the middle seat and came back to reclaim his original spot from Panli. Theerak glanced at his close friend, who willingly returned to sitting next to Ball as before.

    “Phii Fah is amazing!”

    “How did little naughty you convince me to go explain? When you praise me, you should do it the same way.”

    Theerak frowned and stared at the tall guy. “I just spoke normally.”

    Muenfah shook his head before leaning his face slightly closer and pointing to his ear. “Didn’t little naughty you whisper in my ear back then?”

    Back then, he didn’t realize it…

    But now he did… What should he do?

    “C-Can’t I just praise normally?…When I praise someone, one should say it loud so they feel proud. Whispering wouldn’t make them proud since only one person hears it.”

    Muenfah smirked, leaning in a little closer before whispering softly,

    “Planning to be sneaky, huh, troublemaker?”

    Theerak immediately shook his head in denial as Muenfah pulled back. The one who’d successfully teased him into embarrassment chuckled low in his throat before ruffling his hair and standing up to follow Phii Dom, who’d invited him to grab some drinks.

    “Damn it… the whole department probably knows by now that Phii Fah is close with that Rak.” Type said.

    “Too close, even. So close I’ve had to switch seats two or three times already. My brother’s giving me a real headache.” Panli added.

    The listener felt his face flush hot all over. Theerak wasn’t embarrassed by what his friends said—it was the deep voice that had hummed near his ear and the warm breath that had brushed against his cheek just moments ago that did it.

    That naughty Muenfah! Always teasing him like this, T___T 

    TBC 

     

    YOURSKY CHAPTERS HOME

  • YOURSKY, Chapter 9

    YOURSKY, Chapter 9

       YOURSKY, Chapter 9

    The tall man standing and smoking in the wide courtyard cast his gaze toward the large white letters displayed in front of the shop. Panli smiled as the meaning of the shop’s name flashed through his mind.

    “Your Sky” was the first and only name his older brother had come up with. Before the restaurant officially opened, many names were suggested, but in the end, the owner chose this one. He had once asked about its meaning, even though he thought he already knew it well, and Phii Fah kindly explained it to him again.

    “Your Sky” carried a straightforward meaning based on the phrase. The reason for choosing this name, Phii Fah said, was that most people like to look at the sky—whether they’re happy, sad, or going through something, whatever it may be. the sky remains a place everyone always seeks out. And that same sky they’ve all seen over time can evoke a range of emotions as it changes colors with the passing moments. Yet no matter how much it changes, in the end, looking at the sky makes you feel that it’s always ready to heal and bring comfort.

    A place where you feel at ease.

    A place where you feel warm.

    That place is “Your Sky.”

    The restaurant owner, Muenfah, chose this name because he wanted everyone who came to the place—whatever feelings they had, whether overwhelming joy or despair so deep they didn’t want to go on—to find comfort, even just for a moment, in a safe space for their hearts.

    “Everyone wants to have the sky for themselves.”

    “The sky belongs to everyone. Everyone looks at the sky—how could it belong to just one person, Phii Fah?”

    “Maybe the sky doesn’t always mean the sky… it could mean someone specific.”

    Panli smiled faintly as he tossed his cigarette onto the ground and crushed it with his foot to put it out. Back then, he didn’t understand the deeper meaning his older brother was conveying, but now it was crystal clear, and he wanted to respond with something. However, he could only reply in his own thoughts:

    ‘Always being everyone’s sky, being the sky for everyone… and today you’ve finally found your own sky, huh?’

    But thinking things over on his own wasn’t a good idea. It might not be true without confirmation. Someone who wanted the definite truth didn’t hesitate any longer. Panli walked away from the open area designated for customers who wanted to smoke and headed straight toward the rooftop inside the restaurant.

    Along the way, the staff, recognizing him as the younger brother of the restaurant owner, bowed their heads in respect. But he wasn’t one for titles or formalities, so he raised his hand to return a wai to everyone who showed him respect, regardless of whether they were younger than him, because he didn’t care much about such things.

    “Panli, would you like something to drink? I can bring it up for you.” said a voice.

    The person about to step onto the stairs paused, then turned to smile at the manager, a close acquaintance of his brother. Panli shook his head to decline the offer, gave a friendly smile, and continued up to Fah’s rooftop.

    This place hadn’t changed a bit. The last time he’d come to hang out was when the restaurant had just opened. It had been so long that he could barely remember the open, airy atmosphere. Revisiting it now brought him a sense of comfort.

    “Just got here?”

    A deep, low voice came from behind him. Panli, who had walked over to the railing, turned around to see his older brother plop down onto a black leather sofa, silently inviting him to join without saying a word.

    “Yeah, just arrived.”

    “If you’ve got something to talk about, spit it out…”

    The one being questioned walked over and sat across from his brother, then slid his pack of cigarettes over, noticing that Phii Fah had been drinking water from a glass several times. But the person who clearly wanted a smoke shook his head in refusal and pulled out his phone to look at instead. If you want it, don’t force yourself to hold back. People can’t quit that easily—where’s the guy who used to smoke every day? Did you go cold turkey or what, Phii Fah?”

    “I’ll wait for it from Rak.”

    “…” Panli shook his head lightly, thinking to himself, Wow, this guy… my brother’s something else. What’s with him and going all out? “Waiting for it from Rak, or waiting for Rak’s love?”

    “You are an annoying little…”

    The one being teased laughed softly before saying, “Well, I came to talk about that Rak guy anyway.”

    “I’ll answer what I can. Anything too personal that you shouldn’t know yet, I won’t say.”

    “Alright, I get it. If it’s something you’re not comfortable with, you don’t have to answer.” Panli knew how kind his brother was to him. He shouldn’t be too harsh on Phii Fah either, because he understood what kind of person his brother was. The question he was about to ask had to be carefully considered to avoid any awkwardness.

    “Ask away…”

    “Phii Fah, do you like that chubby-cheeks guy?”

    “…” Phii Fah didn’t say anything, true to his quiet and sometimes stubborn nature. He merely nodded slightly while looking down at his phone screen.

    “Did you just start liking him?”

    “…before he got close to you.”

    “Since when, huh?”

    If we go that deep, I’d rather not answer… let me have some privacy, will you? Stop being so nosy, Panli.”

    “Alright, alright,” Panli wasn’t mad at the scolding because right now, the tough Phii Fah seemed too embarrassed to speak. It wasn’t surprising he’d be this shy—Phii Fah wasn’t the type to fall for someone first, and he’d never been grilled face-to-face like this before either.

    “Then let’s get to the point. Answer me straight, so I don’t have to keep prodding.”

    “Are you my mom or something, interrogating me like this…” Muenfah grumbled softly.

    “Are you serious? You know, don’t you, that I’m someone who loves and cares about my friends a lot. I don’t want to see my friend heartbroken later.”

    “Stop worrying about him. Worry about your me instead—whether I’ll end up heartbroken because of him.”

    “…” Damn it!!… I can’t believe Phii Fah just said that.

    Phii Fah put his phone down on the glass table in the middle and looked up at him. “If someone has to shed tears, it’ll be me, not him…”

    “…” Oh… another gut-punch line… “So you love him, right? Like, you’re in love with that chubby-cheeked guy? Not just a crush?”

    “You’re too much, man, so damn curious…” Phii Fah sighed. He went quiet for a moment, as if reflecting on something, before continuing, “Besides his family, if anyone claims to love him a lot… I’d dare say I’m not any less than them.”

    “…”

    So whatever you’re overthinking about, drop it. I’m not wavering, not confused at all. I’ve already moved past all that. Right now, my feelings are solid.”

    “Hearing this makes me feel a bit relieved… I thought maybe you kissed his head and got all shaken up. But deep down, I know you isn’t the type to waver easily. Plus, with everything you know about that chubby-cheeked guy, it’s obvious you’ve got feelings for Rak for sure… I just didn’t think you’d been secretly into him for so long.”

    “…”

    “Can I ask one more question?”

    “In exchange for me kicking you off that chair, how about that?”

    “Too harsh, man. I’ll just take that chubby-cheeked guy and run off—make you die of heartbreak.”

    “Hurry up.”

    “Does a lot of people know about this?”

    “Six, including you. Don’t bother asking who they are. I won’t tell you because you’d definitely go pester them next.”

    “Ugh, so annoying. You see right through me.”

    “…”

    “Then one last question…” Panli had to rush in like this because he could tell his brother was getting irritated. “Out of those six, who knew first?”

    “You don’t need to feel salty about who I told first. I never told anyone first—they all figured it out themselves. Most of them are close people who picked up on it on their own.”

    Who was the first one, Phii Fah?”

    “That question comes with one request…”

    “If I ask you not to have a wife, you can’t do that, right?”

    “Li…”

    “Okay, okay, I accept the deal.”

    “Mom…”

    “Mom!! Mom was the first to know? And she kept it so quiet?”

    “Well, that’s our Mom for you…”

    “I’ll have a long talk about this later, me and Mom.”

    “No need, Li. Adult stuff—you knowing this much is enough.”

    “I won’t ask then. I see you’re confessing easily this time—tricked me, huh.”

    “I have one request, though. Don’t tell Rak about this just yet, okay?” “…”

    “I want him to like me because he genuinely feels it in his heart, not because he knows I’ve secretly liked him first and gets swayed by that. Or even if he doesn’t feel anything for me at all, at least he won’t feel awkward and start pulling away…”

    “…”

    “That way, I can still be in his life, even if it’s just as someone close.” “…”

    The reason I haven’t told anyone yet, or confessed to him, is because I don’t want to force my feelings on him. I want every feeling to develop slowly until he understands his own heart. But right now, I’m the only one feeling this… so I have to take responsibility for my own heart.”

    “How much do you feel, big brother…?”

    “A lot—enough that it’s eating me up inside.”

    Panli sighed, feeling sorry for his older brother, who was walking behind him but whose feelings had raced far ahead. Meanwhile, that chubby-cheeked guy walked in front, oblivious to someone secretly watching him the whole time. Their feelings were going in opposite directions, all because of ignorance.

    As he’d once heard… the one who feels more has to take responsibility for themselves.

    “So why didn’t you just go for it a long time ago?”

    “Have you ever felt like you weren’t right for someone? Back then, something made me feel that way. So I stepped back.”

    “What was it?”

    “Didn’t you say that was your last question? I’ll kick you in the face soon.”

    “Fine, fine, just a little more—I’m curious…”

    “When Theerak was with Mew, I thought they really liked each other, so I backed off. But after they broke up not long after, I learned something that made it impossible to hold myself back anymore. I tried getting back into his life again, even though I wasn’t sure if I was the right person for him. But because I’m the way I am, stepping into the life of someone as cheerful as him was pretty tough for me. Still, I’ve been trying all along…”

    Panli wanted to ask about the truth that made his brother decide to re-enter his friend’s life, but if Phii Fah had wanted to tell him, he would’ve explained it clearly already. Knowing that, Panli didn’t press further. He chose to wait for Phii Fah to share it himself when he was ready.

    “Yeah, back then, anyone would’ve backed off. A cute girl and a guy like

    Phii Fah… damn, they’re on completely different levels.”

    “But the main reason I wanted to step back into his life again was simply because I thought, even if I couldn’t be his lover… I’d be okay with being something in his life—anything. Even just a close friend, I’d accept that, as long as I could stay in his sight somehow.”

    “…”

    “…And I just wanted to be a reason he could smile sometimes.”

    “Phii Fah, hearing this makes me want to cry… Don’t scold me, this is real. I never thought someone like you could secretly love someone—and it’s Li’s close friend, no less. How did you keep it in? How did you hold those feelings all by yourself?”

    “The fact that he’s your close friend is exactly why I couldn’t let it spill out. Because if he doesn’t feel the same way I do, it wouldn’t just be awkward for him—you’d end up feeling uneasy too.”

    Panli thought back to their childhood. He remembered the last time he had a long, serious talk with his older brother—it was when Phii Fah tutored him in math before the midterm exam. His brother wasn’t one to give long explanations unless it was necessary, but this time, with so many emotions pent up inside, he finally let them out.

    “After hearing all this, I’m speechless… I feel guilty too for never noticing.”

    “Keeping it hidden this well—if you figured it out, that’d be beyond impressive.”

    “Then how did Mom find out?”

    “Don’t pry into that.”

    “Fine, fine, I won’t pry. I just feel bad for the secret admirer, you know.” Phii Fah must’ve had enough of him because he kicked his leg hard once. Panli grinned before continuing, “Even though that chubby-cheeks guy has taken the lead for now, it’s not like he’ll never look back. Be patient. Keep calling out to him. Li believes that one day he’ll definitely turn back to you,

    Phii Fah.”

    “Yeah, whatever happens, I’ll still be standing right here. Whenever he turns around, he’ll see me.”

    Panli gave a faint smile, silently cheering his brother on in his heart. The two siblings weren’t the type to openly show their feelings for each other, but they both knew how much they loved and cared for one another.

    What Phii Fah asked for reminded him of his close friend’s request. Theerak had begged him not to ask his brother about this, afraid that everything might change. But Panli went against that request because he had a hunch—and after thinking it over again, it turned out he was right.

    Different people with different requests… asking for different things.

    One didn’t want him to ask, the other didn’t want him to tell.

    But the outcome they both wanted was the same…

    They both still wanted to have each other in their lives.

    And the reason Panli chose to encourage his older brother like that was because he still believed—he believed that one day the two of them would walk side by side, with no one leading and no one following. The feelings that had been going in opposite directions would eventually come together.

    “Susuna, Phii Fah!”

     

    #However Many Thousand Skies

    LINE ~

    “Ugh…”

    The small figure sleeping comfortably on the soft bed let out a groan in his throat, disturbed by the sound of a LINE notification. Theerak squinted slightly before raising one hand to rub his eyes. The view in front of him wasn’t quite clear yet, and his eyes couldn’t handle the light streaming in from the window since he’d just woken up. Real’s eyes blinked rapidly to adjust. Once everything settled into focus, Theerak reached for the phone on the bedside table.

    M.FAH: Stubborn one, are you awake yet?

    The message from Muenfah instantly snapped Theerak out of his grogginess, his eyes widening.

    M.FAH: I woke up to send a breakfast pic to you; the stubborn one.

    M.FAH: send a photo

    Theerak tapped into the chat when he saw Muenfah had sent a picture. The image showed a plate of food with some tomato sauce smeared around and a slightly undercooked fried egg.

    M.FAH:…I don’t dare take the plate to wash it. I’m afraid you won’t believe me.

    Theerak: Did you really eat it, Phii Fah?

    …I don’t really believe it either. I mean, Panli said Phii Fah doesn’t like eating breakfast.

    M.FAH: Wait a sec, okay?

    Theerak absentmindedly nodded at Muenfah’s command before realizing it was just text. He shook his head lightly, thinking to himself that he’d let

    Muenfah’s face and voice float into his mind while they chatted on LINE.

    Both his face and voice are here, huh, Muenfah? ~

    Making me all flustered first thing in the morning T___T

    Not long after, the chat switched to an incoming call. Theerak swallowed hard when he saw it was Muenfah calling—and not just a voice call. M.FAH: video calling…

    Theerak didn’t want to answer because he hadn’t showered yet. He was afraid Muenfah would be shocked to see his current state. When he woke up in the morning, his eyelids tended to swell abnormally, and Muenfah might think he’d been in a fight or something.

    But not picking up would be rude, and it’d be even ruder if he didn’t turn on his camera too. So, he solved the problem by pulling the misty-colored blanket over his face, covering his head with its wild, frizzy hair sticking out in every direction.

    [Stubborn one… why are you covering your face?]

    That laugh from Muenfah…

    So embarrassing

    “Well, I haven’t showered yet! Who told you to call right now?!”

    [Take the blanket off quick… let me see the stubborn one’s face.]

    “Let’s see each other at uni instead.”

    [Please, just take it off a bit. What if the one hiding under there is a fake stubborn one? What would I do then?]

    “A fake? Where’s this fake coming from, Phii Fah? There’s only one stubborn one here!”

    Theerak slowly pulled the blanket down, letting the other see just his eyes while still covering his nose and mouth with the fabric. Muenfah, currently wearing… what looked like a bathrobe, was sitting on a sofa, smiling at him.

    That same old smile again…

    [It’s really the stubborn one!]

    And the smile that’s showing right now… what does this new kind of smile remind me of?

    “…”

    [Is it still in time for a morning right now?]

    … It doesn’t remind me of anything… but it’s a smile that lets me know it’s really morning now.

    “It’s only seven… still in time, right?”

    [Then shall we have a morning together before showering?]

    “Sure… morning, Phii Fah.”

    [Morning, naughty one.]

    “Phii Fah, you haven’t showered yet?”

    [Not yet, just washed my face and brushed my teeth before coming out to eat breakfast.]

    “…” Theerak nodded slightly. He pulled the blanket that was covering his nose down a bit because he felt like he couldn’t breathe well while talking to the other person, though he still kept his mouth covered.

    [Can’t stand your own stench, so you pulled the blanket off…?]

    “So, did you call to tease me into losing confidence, or to confirm that you really ate breakfast?”

    [The truth is… neither of those is the reason I called little naughty you.]

    Theerak furrowed his brows slightly, thinking over other possible reasons why Muenfah would call him. “Oh ~ Phii Fah’s calling to demand his cigarettes back, huh? ~”

    [No, that’s not it.]

    “Huh?! Then what’s the reason you called me this morning?”

    [I wanted to see the sun smiling brightly in the morning… but I guess I won’t get to see it this morning.]

    “…”

    Muenfah gave a faint smile before tapping his index finger on his lips two or three times.

    [Because the sun’s smile is hidden under that dusty-colored blanket.]

    Theerak thought that the hardest person to keep a conversation going with was probably Muenfah. Some of Muenfah’s lines had such devastating power that they could make his body explode with a bang. Even though he was always prepared to handle the other person, he couldn’t resist at all—like right now, when Theerak was completely thrown off balance by Muenfah’s relentless attack.

    “W-Wait, I’ll bring the cigarettes to you as promised, okay? I have morning classes today, so I’ll go shower now.”

    [Alright, see you at the university.]

    “Okay.”

    Theerak quickly hung up on Muenfah before his calm heart could be stirred into a wild dance by the other person. He let out a soft, relieved sigh and flashed a bright smile. Theerak felt like he was starting to handle Muenfah a little better. If his heart seemed like it was about to race out of control, he’d just escape and take a break to return to normal. LINE ~

    But Theerak must have forgotten that…

    M.FAH: Stinky… wash your hair too, okay?

    The text sent by Muenfah affected his heartbeat just as much.

    And he wasn’t prepared to handle this part…

     

    #However Many Thousand Skies

    “The new assignment is due next week, students.”

    “Yes, ma’am ~”

    The cute-faced male student responded with a sweet smile directed at the English professor. Theerak was in an especially good mood because he had just submitted the assignment the professor assigned last week and received praise for being someone who worked with great detail and precision.

    Theerak was genuinely delighted.

    The little guy, who had just gotten up from his chair, bowed his head as the professor left the room. Theerak raised both arms, stretching them straight out before twisting to the left and then the right, mimicking the exercises he used to do with his grandfather.

    “It’s noon already. What should we eat, chubby-cheeks?”

    “What do you want to eat, dog-face Li?”

    Panli, who was called that, stood up, locked his best friend’s neck, and pinched his cheeks hard as punishment. The little guy yelped loudly until Joy, who had just finished packing her things, stepped in to stop them.

    “Li!! Don’t be so rough with him! Poor guy—why do you have to play so hard?” Joy grumbled before turning to the chubby-cheeked friend, reaching out to gently rub his soft cheek to comfort him. “Does it hurt?”

    “A lot. Panli, that dog-face, has such heavy hands.”

    “Hey, Type, take care of the one who hurt my chubby-cheeks right now!”

    Type shook his head vigorously, thinking to himself that Joy always gave such ridiculous orders. Fighting Panli would be like walking straight to his death. “No way. That Li guy hits hard. Even when we’re just messing around,

    I end up hurting all over.”

    “You’re done for, chubby-cheeks. No bodyguard to protect those cheek puffs now…” Panli said before striding toward his best friend, who was now wide-eyed and waving his small hands in the air.

    “Joy… help me!”

    “When that Li gets in a teasing mood, no one can stop him.” Joy said, plopping down on a chair and letting out a big sigh. Whenever Panli wanted to mess with chubby-cheeks, everyone just had to let it happen. But every time, Panli didn’t actually do anything harsh—just pinched the little guy’s cheeks out of affection.

    “Panli!! Don’t come closer…” Theerak shouted to stop the sly-eyed culprit, but Panli wasn’t fazed by him at all. He chuckled softly and kept walking closer.

    “You’re done for. I’m definitely eating those cheeks.”

    “I’ll tell Phii Fah!!!!”

    The little guy’s outburst made Panli freeze mid-step. Joy and Type, who had been complaining about the professor assigning too much work, whipped their heads around to look at him. The few remaining classmates didn’t pay much attention—after all, the kids at the back of the room were always loud and playful.

    “Tell my brother?”

    The one being questioned blinked rapidly, replaying what he’d just said in his head. When he realized he’d brought up Muenfah as a shield against being teased, he quickly turned his face away. Theerak swallowed hard, knowing full well his friends were onto him, and he was scrambling for an excuse.

    Back then, he was scared that Panli might play too rough and hurt him.

    And in that moment when he felt unsafe… Muenfah was the only person he could think of.

    But I shouldn’t have let it slip out like that

    “Are you going to tattle to Phii Fah that I teased you, chubby-cheeks?”

    “…N-No, not at all.”

    “Joy, Type, did you just hear what I heard?”

    “I heard it. Chubby-cheeks said he’s going to tell Phii Fah.”

    “How close are they, huh… close enough to tattle?” Type grinned slyly.

    “…” T___T.. I shouldn’t have. If I hadn’t let it slip, I wouldn’t be getting teased by my friends until I’m practically bursting with embarrassment like this.

    “Go ahead and tattle… I want to see if Phii Fah will come save you…” Panli said before pouncing on the smaller guy. He pinched his cheeks out of playful annoyance, while Theerak yelped and tried to pry his hands off both cheeks.

    Bzzzzt ~

    The vibration of a notification sounded like a heavenly rescue, saving him from the torment. Theerak quickly pulled his phone out of his pants pocket and waved it in front of Panli’s face.

    “Phii Fah’s calling on LINE… Stop it right now, you dog-faced Li!”

    “…” Panli let out a low chuckle before releasing his grip on his friend’s cheeks.

    Theerak didn’t waste a second and answered Muenfah’s call immediately. “Phii Fah, Phii Fah!”

    [What’s up, you little troublemaker… Are you done with class yet?]

    Why does Muenfah’s voice right now…

    Feel so damn warm…?

    “Y-Yes, I’m done.”

    [So what are you doing now?]

    “I’m getting teased by Panli.”

    “You little snitch.” Panli said, laughing.

    “I’m not a snitch! Phii Fah asked what I was doing, so I had to tell the truth.”

    [What did Panli do to tease you, troublemaker?]

    “He pinched my cheeks hard, both sides.”

    [Then let me talk to Panli for a sec…]

    “Sure.” Theerak smirked and handed the phone to Panli. Not only was he saved from the torment, but he also figured Panli wouldn’t dare tease him again.

    “What’s up?”

    [Do you want Mom to cut your allowance?]

    “Threats, huh…”

    [Don’t mess with my guy.]

    “But I’ve been teasing him since freshman year, haven’t I?”

    [But I’ve been watching over him even before you…]

    “…”

    [Now that I can protect him, I’ll do it to the fullest—even against my own brother like you.]

    “Just wait, I’ll pinch his cheeks till they rip, so annoying!! Protecting him like that.”

    [If Rak comes to me with handprints on his cheeks from you, I’ll really get Mom to dock your pay…]

    “…” Panli smirked, amused because it seemed his older brother was quite possessive of his chubby-cheeked best friend. “Get ready to pamper him.”

    Panli handed the phone back to the small guy. At first, the chubby-cheeked one flashed a triumphant smirk, but now his face paled slightly because Panli was still determined to tease him further.

    “Hello, hi!”

    [Stubborn one, hurry and run to me!]

    “Where are you?”

    [Building 5, near the smoking area…]

    “…”

    [The moment I hang up, you should come running, okay? I will be waiting here.]

    “Y-Yes…”

    [If I come to you, I’m afraid Panli might pinch your cheeks off first.

    It’s faster if you run to me.]

    “Y-Yes…” Theerak glanced past Panli to locate his bag. He felt a bit relieved seeing it wasn’t too far. If he hung up and dashed to grab it, it wouldn’t be too hard. “Then I’ll hang up now, Phii Fah.”

    [Okay, hurry and escape to me, stubborn one!]

    “Yes.”

    The second Theerak ended the call with Muenfah, Panli raised his large hand, ready to squish his cheeks again. But Theerak reacted in time, snatching his leather side bag before bolting out at lightning speed. His friends in the room shouted after him loudly, but he didn’t turn back, fearing his cheeks would be pinched to pieces.

    The small guy, now alone in the elevator, pressed the button for the ground floor. Theerak let out a giggle as he recalled the shocked faces of his friends when they saw him sprint away. In all the time they’d known each other, he’d never surprised them like this. They could usually predict his every thought, but this time, they clearly hadn’t expected him to pull this off.

    Truthfully, being teased by Panli wasn’t that bad. His friends pinched his cheeks out of affection mixed with playful annoyance—not just Panli, but Type and Joy liked doing it too. Even his family and relatives often did the same, so Theerak was used to it. Still, sometimes he wanted to protect his chubby-cheeks for once. But every time, it was like escaping a tiger only to run into a crocodile.

    For example, fleeing one person just to have someone he trusted pinch his cheeks instead…

    But this time, Theerak thought it’d be different.

    Muenfah would surely be a safe haven.

    Theerak just wanted to hide out with Muenfah for a bit before returning to his friends—let those pranksters learn a lesson. Panli would realize how torturous it was not having this chubby-cheeked guy around.

    Panli loved him to death… probably couldn’t go three minutes without him before his eyes started welling up.

    This was the way to teach him—then he wouldn’t dare tease again.

    The small guy stepped out of the elevator and headed straight for Building 5, as Muenfah had instructed. Along the way, Theerak’s phone buzzed nonstop with LINE notifications. When he checked it, his friends were bombarding him with messages:

    ‘Chubby-cheeks, did you run off to Phii Fah?’

    ‘You little chub, come back to me right now! I swear I’ll protect you from Panli myself.’

       ‘Hey, Joy, where’d you go? I’m starving—hurry back to the cafeteria with us!’

    Theerak laughed until his mouth stretched wide before slipping his phone into his pants pocket. “How’s that, huh… they can barely survive without that chubby-cheeked guy, huh?”

    But honestly, he couldn’t survive without those teasing friends either. So Theerak decided he’d just drop off the cigarettes to Muenfah and then hurry back to his friends at the cafeteria. His escape plan fell apart purely because of his soft heart.

    Today, Theerak was wearing glasses, which helped him see everything in the distance more clearly—especially Muenfah, who was standing far off with a faint smile. He raised his hand to wave at the tall figure, who had now switched from smiling to laughing.

    “Hey, who’s that guy?”

    “That’s Phii Fah, a third-year in our faculty.”

    “Oh, Panli’s older brother, the faculty moon from our year, right?”

    “Yeah, both the older and younger brother are so handsome, huh?”

    “For real, otherwise how could both of them be faculty stars…”

    “Handsome like that, they’ve definitely got girlfriends already.”

    “No chance. Panli once dated my friend, but I don’t know about Phii Fah. He seems quiet, but with looks like that, he probably has tons of people hitting on him.”

    The conversation between the two girls walking behind him made Theerak shake his head lightly. He thought about how people always judge others by their appearance first, and it was a pity for those judged prematurely—before they even had a chance to prove themselves, their true selves were buried under such assumptions. In the end, they just became what others decided they were.

    Even though that might not really be the case…

    But Theerak didn’t care about what those people said. Instead, he raised his hand even higher and shouted to the tall figure waiting for him, “Phii Fah”

    Muenfah gave a faint smile and started walking toward him. The two of them closed the distance quickly since they both chose to meet halfway.

    Theerak glanced over at the smoking area designated for students. He spotted Phii Dom there too. The guy flashed a small smile and raised the hand holding his cigarette as if to say he’d come over once he finished smoking. Theerak nodded back and returned the smile. If you looked closely, that area was full of Muenfah’s friends. He didn’t know many seniors—only Phii Dom and Phii Tim from that group.

    Even so, Theerak raised his hands to wai all the seniors smoking in the area. They all returned the gesture and smiled back warmly, especially Phii Tim, whom he’d talked to before.

    “Where did Panli pinch you?”

    “Here…” Theerak pointed to one cheek with his finger, then switched to the other, and even added the tip of his nose. Earlier, Panli had pinched his nose too.

    “The nose too, but don’t worry, Phii Fah. I’m used to it.”

    “It’s all red…” Muenfah gently brushed the back of his hand against the soft cheek. His sharp eyes stared at the red mark, which didn’t seem like it came from a pinch—more likely a mosquito bite. “There, there, you escaped to me… it doesn’t hurt anymore, right?”

    It was at that moment that Theerak’s heart skipped a beat. Every movement was beyond his control, yet it was Muenfah who held the reins. His little heart would either race so fast it felt like it might burst out of his chest or slow down to a normal rhythm—all depending on Muenfah’s command…

    “I, I brought cigarettes for you too.” the little guy quickly changed the subject before he lost himself even more. He bent down to pull out three cigarettes, tucked in a small plastic bag, from his side sling bag.

    Muenfah furrowed his brow, puzzled that the little guy was returning only three cigarettes. He wasn’t angry that there were so few left; he just wanted to know where the rest had gone.

    “Did Panli pinch your cheeks because he squeezed my cigarettes out of you, troublemaker?”

    “No, no! The rest are still at my room. I only brought this much because I thought if I gave them all back, tomorrow you wouldn’t eat breakfast again since you’d have them back already. So I brought just this much for now… and also…” Theerak glanced up at the taller figure before speaking in a soft whisper, “I want you to smoke less too. I want you to stay with me for a long time. We’re just getting close. If something happened to you before we really got there, what would I do…?”

    Muenfah let out a low chuckle before reaching out to gently pat the messy head. “I will smoke less, okay? So I can stay with my troublemaker for a long time.”

    The listener grinned widely, his eyes squinting into crescents. That smile, bright like the sun beaming, made Muenfah unconsciously step closer to the little guy. He leaned down slightly to catch the faint, sweet scent from the jetblack hair. But the tip of his nose didn’t touch the soft strands—not even a little.

    He just let the fragrance he liked waft under his nose…

    But when he realized his blatant action might draw the attention of friends and make the little guy uncomfortable, Muenfah shifted the hand resting on the messy head to lightly brush the bangs of the smaller one instead.

    “A bug flew onto you… I brushed it off for you.”

    “Th-thank you.”

    Muenfah took the three crumpled and bent cigarettes from the little guy. Theerak, who had never smoked, probably didn’t care how they should be stored. He must have shoved them into any available space, which explained why they were in such a battered state.

    “Thank you…”

    “No need to thank me… If you keep your promise to eat breakfast, I have to keep my promise too.”

    “I’m not thanking you for bringing the cigarettes… I’m thanking you for trusting me and running to me.”

    Yes… he’d asked himself several times while running to Muenfah. The answer he got made him realize he was starting to trust Muenfah for real. “I just feel like you aren’t like other people. I think I can trust you.”

    “I won’t let anyone tease my troublemaker. Because I will keep you all to myself to tease.”

    “Phii Fah!” It was almost sweet… but in the end, was Muenfah just as untrustworthy as everyone else?

    “So, has my troublemaker eaten lunch yet?”

    “Not yet. I was planning to give you the cigarettes and then go eat with my friends.”

    “Oh…”

    “Well, I’ll head off then. My friends might wait too long, and I have a meeting about the open house project this evening.”

    “Yes.”

    Theerak waved goodbye to Muenfah and Phii Dom, who were still smoking at the gazebo, before turning and walking away from there.

    “Troublemaker…”

    But Muenfah’s low voice always seemed to hold his steps back.

    “Yes, Phii Fah?”

    “I have afternoon classes… I’d really love to hear the sound of the sea right now.”

    Theerak accidentally let a smile slip out. He couldn’t believe he understood what Muenfah meant, but well… “Shhh ~ Shhh ~”

    He hoped his imitation of the sea would bring a bit of encouragement to the person standing there, chuckling softly.

     

    #However Many Thousand Skies

    Theerak sat in a daze in a large meeting room with a handful of sophomores. He’d been in a meeting with his classmates for a while now. They were helping plan the booth for the open house event that the professors had assigned to the second-years. Since so many people joined this meeting,

    it dragged on into the evening because no one could agree on anything. But in the end, everything worked out, and now everyone was heading home.

    “Chubby-cheeks, how are you getting back? It’s this late—Phii Babe’s probably gone home already, right?”

    “Phii Babe didn’t come to class; she’s sick. I’ll probably head back on my own, Li.”

    “Then I’ll drop you off. Joy and Type already left together anyway.”

    “No need. Don’t you have plans tonight? You were rushing during the meeting.”

    “I can just call my friends and tell them I’ll be a bit late. Dropping you off first won’t be a problem.”

    “No, really, it’s fine…”

    “Stop being so polite, or I’ll mess up your cheeks.”

    Theerak laughed and nodded at his close friend, but the sound of rain seeping into the building slowly erased that smile. Even Panli, who’d been in a good mood earlier, couldn’t help but curse, realizing he’d be even later to his destination.

    “Why the hell is it raining now…?”

    “Then just go, Li. I can get back on my own.”

    “I’m not leaving you, especially in this rain… How about this? I’ll run through the rain to get the car from the parking lot. You stay here at the front of the building to avoid the rain and wait for me to drive over. Sound good?”

    “…” Theerak wanted to say it wasn’t okay to make his friend late for his plans, but Panli’s stern look forced him to nod. “Fine, okay.”

    “Good boy…” Panli grinned, then glanced at a tall figure holding an umbrella at the front of the building. “But I guess I won’t need to drop you off after all.”

    Theerak followed Panli’s gaze to the door and could guess what he meant.

    He quickly shook his head and lightly tugged at his friend’s sleeve.

    “No way, I’d feel bad for you.”

    “Why feel bad? I’m free…”

    “…” Panli didn’t listen to him at all and instead dragged him over to Muenfah, who was looking down at his phone. Theerak glanced at the black umbrella in the taller man’s hand, thinking it wasn’t big enough for two people to stand under without getting wet.

    “Who are you waiting for, Phii Fah?”

    The one being asked looked up from his phone screen. “The stubborn one…”

    The person called the stubborn one froze for a moment, not expecting that Muenfah—everyone’s Muenfah—would be waiting for him. He stayed silent, caught off guard, especially because he didn’t think Muenfah would answer so directly.

    “Phii Fah you are waiting for me… is something up?”

    “I’m here to pick you up and take you home. Dom said Babe isn’t feeling well, so the stubborn one would have to head back alone today.”

    “I can go back on my own.”

    “Phii Fah… it’s getting late, so I’ll leave him with you, okay? Chubbycheeks. I’m heading out.”

    “Alright.”

    Panli quickly strode off without paying him any mind. Theerak wanted to call out to his friend to stay a bit longer, but it was already too late. He looked up at the tall figure who was now gazing back at him. Muenfah nodded as an invitation before opening the umbrella.

    “Let’s go. I parked the car close to the building.”

    “Y-Yes.”

    And just as he’d thought, the umbrella wasn’t big enough to shield both of them from the rain. So, one of them got wet—and that was Muenfah. He held the umbrella more toward Theerak, leaving his right shoulder completely soaked. Yet, amidst the pouring rain, Theerak felt a warmth in his heart… probably because the thick hand of the man beside him gripped his shoulder, pulling him closer under the umbrella, even though Muenfah himself was nearly outside its cover by now.

    “We’re almost there. Just a sec, stubborn one. My car is right ahead.”

    “Yes.”

    If you asked when Muenfah made the most use of this umbrella, Theerak would say it was when he escorted him to the car and then ran around to the driver’s side. That’s when Muenfah fully opened it for himself. But his drenched right shoulder served as a reminder of how much he’d sacrificed earlier.

    Theerak looked at the man beside him, who folded the umbrella and twisted around to stow it in the back. Muenfah turned back with a small towel in hand, offering it to him even though he himself was soaked through—even his chocolate-brown hair, now darker from the wet.

    “If you; the stubborn one got wet anywhere, wipe it off first, okay? Phii

    Fah needs to sort himself out for a bit…” Muenfah said as he pulled his damp phone from his soggy pants pocket. “This towel’s one Phii Fah keeps in the car for soccer, but it hasn’t been used yet. The stubborn one can use it.”

    Once Muenfah saw that Theerak had taken the towel, he started the engine. His large hand reached to turn on the stereo, as he always did when in the car, preparing to drive his companion out of the university.

    “Phii Fah.”

    “Yes?”

    “Don’t drive yet. Turn to me first.”

    “…”

    Theerak couldn’t stand seeing Muenfah drive while still soaking wet like this. He decided to reach for a towel and gently dab at the chocolate-colored hair.

    “Even if you don’t change your clothes… drying your hair a little is still better. If you get sick… who’s I going to run to, huh?”

    “…”

    … He didn’t know how it turned out like this… but it did. Theerak’s heart raced with his own actions, beating faster than when he saw Muenfah’s sly gaze, faster than when he heard Muenfah’s voice or read his texts.

    It was faster than anything else…

    He slowly wiped Muenfah’s hair, but his heart only pounded harder. Everything was at odds—his outward actions seemed gentle, but inside, his reaction was intense.

    “I wouldn’t dare get sick. I’d be too worried I couldn’t help little naughty you if I did.”

    “It’s not just that you wouldn’t dare, Phii Fah. You’re forbidden—I’m emphasizing forbidden—from getting sick, no exceptions.”

    Muenfah chuckled in his throat before nodding in agreement. He turned his whole body toward him and lowered his head even more. The tall guy, whom he could never reach, was now shrinking himself down to make it easier for him to dry his hair. Theerak couldn’t help but smile.

    Muenfah is such a good boy… so cute,   .

    Theerak wiped the water droplets from Muenfah’s hair. Neither of them said anything during that time. Only the soft music Muenfah had playing in the background broke the silence that tried to creep in…

    This song was one Theerak used to listen to as a kid.

    “Naughty one…”

    “Yes?”

    “I need to take a call from Real for a bit, okay?”

    “Sure, Phii Fah.” Theerak was about to pull his hand away, but Muenfah held it back, shaking his head lightly and asking him to keep drying his hair. Theerak did as requested, continuing to wipe Muenfah’s hair while the latter handled his call with a friend.

    Since Muenfah had someone to talk to, Theerak, sitting there drying the tall guy’s hair, stayed quiet. But it wasn’t too silent, because the music playing softly in the background started growing louder in his heart.

    And it grew even louder when he saw Muenfah’s smile while talking on the phone.

    Louder still when their eyes met…

    “If tomorrow everything spins on, I’ll be one person standing in the same old place.”

    “The same old place, Real…”

    “Staying to tell you the words stuck in my heart, even if they’ll never come true, I want you to know I love you.”

    “Never changing.”

    Theerak didn’t know if everything would spin as the lyrics suggested, because their world shifted every day. But he felt like, right now, his entire world was orbiting slower…

    So slow it was as if the world might stop spinning.

    TBC

     

    YOURSKY CHAPTERS HOME

  • YOURSKY, Chapter 8

    YOURSKY, Chapter 8

       YOURSKY, Chapter 8

    “The money’s in my purse, go grab a thousand baht.”

    “Yes, ma’am.”

    “And the things I told you to buy, I know they don’t cost more than five hundred. Don’t spend all the leftover money on snacks.”

    “…”

    “No need to look sulky. You can use it, but don’t spend it all because we’ll be eating at home soon anyway.”

    “I don’t use your money, you know. Dad gave me three thousand baht for snacks before he left.”

    “Fine… but it won’t last three days. You’ll spend it all on food.”

    His mother’s words echoed in his head as he walked past a Hong Kong waffle shop. At first, Theerak thought his mom was exaggerating a little, but not anymore. No matter what shop he passed, he wanted to stop and try something.

    It seemed the three thousand baht would be gone by the end of the day…

    “Naughty one, do you want to eat anything?”

    “Not yet, better not. Let’s finish buying stuff for Mom first, then we’ll see.”

    “Okay…”

    “Are you hungry already?” Theerak asked the tall man walking beside him. Muenfah, who had just put his phone in his back pocket, turned to look at him and gave a faint smile.

    “Yes, when I’m with little naughty you… I tend to get hungry often.”

    Theerak frowned, puzzled, before asking, “Why does you sound like Li? Li also said he gets hungry when he’s with me.”

    “…”

    “But Li gets hungry for cheeks. He said if he could eat both of my cheeks, he’d be full for a whole year.”

    “Panli is so greedy, even wanting to eat his friend’s cheeks…”

    “…” The listener smiled faintly, amused that his friend was being called out. Since they’d known each other, aside from himself and their teacher, hardly anyone dared to criticize Panli. But now, Theerak realized there was one more person who wasn’t afraid to call him out—and that was Muenfah.

    “The reason I gets hungry so often is because I misses the times we ate together. you eat so appetizingly that it makes me feel hungry… It’s not like

    Panli, who hungers for the stubborn one’s cheeks.”

    “…” Theerak nodded jerkily, understanding the explanation from the taller figure. He sneaked a glance at the side profile of the taller man as they walked side by side. Whether from the front or the side, Muenfah still maintained his usual expressionless face.

    But suddenly, those sharp eyes turned to meet his, as if aware that they were being watched. Caught in the act, Theerak could only look away to avoid guilt. In truth, secretly observing the other’s reactions wasn’t wrong, but even so, locking eyes with Muenfah was never a good option.

    “If one day I want to eat your cheeks like Panli…”

    Theerak looked up at the person who paused mid-sentence, leaving it hanging. “…”

    “Can I take them back to the condo?”

    “N-No… You can’t… my cheeks are mine, and I won’t let anyone have them…” Before he could think it through, the owner of said cheeks quickly looked up, locking eyes with the other and blurting out a refusal to protect his distinctive chubby-cheeks. How could Muenfah think he could just ask for them so easily? Last time, he stole his hand, and now he wanted to take his cheeks back to the condo. This was getting out of hand.

    But seeing the taller man chuckle without showing any sign of disappointment at the rejection, Theerak immediately realized that Muenfah was just teasing him to make him blush. Fortunately, by now, he had built some immunity to Muenfah. The teasing words from this prankster could no longer embarrass him as they once did.

    Feeling somewhat immune, he decided to fight back.

    He wrinkled his nose at the person beside him and let out an annoyed grunt from his throat.

    “Hmph!!!”

    But how could his newly strengthened immunity stand up to such a wicked virus?

    The tall virus, biting his own lip as if sharpening his fangs, spoke.

    “With that face… you won’t let me eat your cheeks, but can I bite your nose instead?”

    “…”

    And just like that, the new strain of virus named Muenfah destroyed every bit of immunity in his body.

    The smaller figure, who had been so confident that he could stand up to the other, once again turned into a coward, averting his eyes. Theerak sighed, trying to figure out how to manage his heart, which always raced at certain words from Muenfah. He realized that whenever he thought he could take on Muenfah, he was gravely mistaken.

    Because he could never, not even once, win against Muenfah…

    “But I focus on cherishing rather than hurting… I wouldn’t bite your nose until you cry and whines.”

    Yes… with everyone’s Muenfah… not even once, truly.

    The listener felt his face flush at the words “cry and whine.” forcing him to exhale to release the rising heat in his body. Imagining himself crying and whining to Muenfah made him genuinely embarrassed. It wouldn’t be much different from when he was drunk and begged the other to kiss his head.

    So embarrassing T___T

    But the embarrassing thoughts in his mind came to a halt due to a faint touch from someone’s hand. Theerak looked up at Muenfah, who was gently rubbing his back, as if wanting to get his attention to ask something. Instead of tapping his arm or calling out in his usual calm tone, Muenfah chose this method.

    And this kind of touch… it feels like we’re already very close.

    When in reality…

    “When you come shopping, do you use a cart or just carry a basket, little troublemaker?”

    We’re only just starting to learn about each other to move toward becoming close.

    “A cart is better.”

    “Then you go ahead first, little troublemaker. I will grab a cart and follow you in.”

    “Okay.”

    Theerak nodded before walking into the supermarket inside the mall. His eyes scanned around, looking for the items his mom had asked him to buy.

    He wandered from aisle to aisle until he started feeling dizzy, but soon enough, Theerak found what he was looking for in the seasoning section. Caught up in the joy of finally finding the item, he only then remembered that he had left someone behind. He quickly turned around with a worried expression.

    But that smile… a smile like the morning sunlight…made him feel relieved.

    Muenfah was pushing a black shopping cart, following at a distance, smiling in a way that someone nearsighted like him—who didn’t like wearing glasses—could see clearly without any blur. Theerak wasn’t sure if it was real or just his imagination, but he felt that Muenfah preferred walking behind rather than leading. Every time they walked side by side, Muenfah would match his pace even though he could easily walk faster. Perhaps that’s why Theerak could see Muenfah in two places: by his side and behind him.

    The reason for walking side by side was to see each other clearly.

    But the reason for walking behind…

    “Are your shoes rubbing?”

    “A little…”

    …he wasn’t sure. He didn’t know if he could attribute it to Muenfah’s attentiveness.

    Theerak lowered his gaze to his right foot. He was wearing an expensive pair of sneakers that Phii Dom had bought him last year, even though they often caused blisters on the back of his ankle. The reason he chose them as his companion today was that his favorite pair of sneakers had been torn apart by the naughty Moogrob, and his favorite flip-flops had been hidden somewhere by the mischievous puppy. Before leaving with Muenfah, Theerak had tried picking out shoes from his closet, but this pair looked the best and matched his outfit the most.

    If it hurt, he’d just have to bear it. It was better than wasting time changing his clothes again.

    Going out with Muenfah, everyone’s Muenfah, means I have to look good, right?

    “Then why didn’t you tell me that your shoes were rubbing…”

    “M-Phii Fah!… No need, really!”

    The owner of the small feet stammered as he called out to the taller man, who was now bending down to inspect his foot. Muenfah propped up one knee and reached out to touch his foot. Without asking for permission, his large hand removed the shoe. Theerak tried to pull his foot back, but under Muenfah’s stern gaze, he had no choice but to let his foot rest on the expensive jeans of the man in front of him.

    Theerak swallowed hard as he stared at the pale hands gripping his ankle. He was so embarrassed he felt like he might explode because Muenfah dared to do something like this in public. Even though he knew that others who saw it wouldn’t judge, assuming something must have happened to warrant this kind of inspection, or they might be curious but ultimately let it go since it wasn’t a big deal, Theerak still overthought it and felt shy nonetheless. He scanned the surroundings before letting out a relieved sigh, grateful that no one had walked into this section at that moment.

    “You can’t keep wearing them… If you force it, it’ll hurt even more.”

    “It’s fine, Phii Fah… I’ll just step on the heels.”

    “These are expensive shoes. If you step on the heels, won’t you feel bad if they get ruined?”

    Theerak pursed his lips, deep in thought. If he stepped on the heels, it would leave marks and the shoes might lose their shape. He’d definitely feel bad about it, but what else could he do? Theerak had been in pain ever since they walked into the mall. Since this pair of sneakers was made of genuine leather, the friction hurt more than with regular sneakers. But he had forced himself to keep walking because he didn’t want to inconvenience Muenfah, who had already been kind enough to drive him shopping in place of Phii Dom.

    “No… I’ll just step on the heels.” Theerak said as he tried to pull his foot away from the taller man’s lap. But Muenfah held his foot in place with both hands before looking up to meet his eyes.

    “Why did you wear this pair?”

    “Well, it’s because of Moogrob… He chewed up all my shoes and even hid my slippers. And I felt bad for Phii Fah too. I saw you already waiting at the car… I didn’t want to make you wait too long. Plus, this pair matches the clothes I’m wearing… so I just grabbed them.”

    Theerak told Muenfah the whole truth. The latter released his foot, letting it go free, before standing up to his full height. Just as Theerak was about to step on the heels of his shoes, a low, gentle voice stopped him. It sounded like Muenfah was thinking aloud, unintentionally letting the words slip out.

    “Next time, I will have to carry some bandages for you…”

    “…” Theerak thought it was a good idea. If Muenfah carried bandages for him when they were together, they could be used to patch up the leaks in that red lump of flesh—his heart—so that Muenfah’s words wouldn’t seep in and make it beat so fast like this.

    “Wait here, stubborn one… I’ll be right back.”

    “Where are you going, Phii Fah?”

    “To find a pair of shoes that are more comfortable for you…”

    The large hand that reached out to ruffle his hair, despite Muenfah seeming to be in a hurry and unlikely to waste time on small gestures like this, along with the smile he gave before turning and walking out of the section, made Theerak realize that no amount of bandages could ever patch up the leaks in that red lump of flesh.

    Because the hole was as big as Fah’s entire torso.

    Some things would just keep seeping through, no matter what.

    …Not long after, the tall figure returned with a pair of white slippers. Theerak guessed Muenfah must have gotten them from the supermarket since the barcode was still attached to the shoes.

    “Phii Fah, I think you didn’t need to buy new ones. It’s a waste of money. We’re going home soon anyway… By now, Moogrob has probably brought my slippers back, right?”

    Muenfah pulled off the barcode before bending down to put the shoes on the smaller person. He smiled because he had guessed the size perfectly, even though he couldn’t remember the exact shoe size. “Just one pair of shoes for you won’t drain my bank account.”

    It was undeniable that Muenfah was incredibly attentive to others. He could estimate the shoe size perfectly, and the sole of the shoes he picked was so soft it was hard to believe they came from a supermarket. After wearing this pair, Theerak didn’t want to go back to the pain of his expensive old ones. So, he decided to take his new “friend” home. “Then I’ll give you the money, okay? How much is it?”

    He had to ask the price because Muenfah had already stuffed the barcode into his back pocket.

    “Are you really going to pay me back?”

    “Of course, I will. You already paid for it, right?”

    “Yes…”

    “How much? Once I finish buying stuff for Mom, I’ll pay you back for the shoes.”

    “The price is both cheeks… wrapped up too. I’ll take them back to eat at the condo,” Muenfah said with a faint smile before bending down to pick up the expensive sneakers that had been taken off and placing them in the shopping cart.

    Theerak stood there, mouth agape, watching the taller man push the cart ahead of him. It was the first time the taller man had walked ahead of him, and, of course, it wasn’t the first time Muenfah had caused him emotional confusion. Theerak didn’t know how long it would take to get used to handling this stoic man who gradually revealed the many tricks he had hidden up his sleeve.

    Getting close to Theerak was easy… but getting close to Muenfah seemed difficult.

    Really difficult to handle, indeed.

     

    #However Many Thousand Skies

    “Naughty one… what did your Mom tell you to buy?”

    “Barbecue sauce… Mom said it’s a big jar.”

    “Okay, I found it…”

    “I found it before Phii Fah did. I saw it right from the start, but we were busy changing shoes…”

    Muenfah watched the smaller person reach for a glass jar with a green and red label and place it in the cart. He then pulled a black phone out of his pocket, lowered his head, and scrolled through something on the screen.

    “What else?”

    “Hold on… let me check my notes first. I’ve forgotten everything…”

    He had just slipped up… accidentally referring to himself as “little naughty you.”

    “Naughty one…”

    “Yes ~”

    And that made Muenfah smile unintentionally too.

    Theerak responded while still looking down at his phone, not glancing up at him even a little. His neatly shaped eyebrows furrowed as if he needed to concentrate hard. The smaller person probably didn’t realize he had let several things slip out unconsciously. Muenfah thought it was good that the other wasn’t paying attention to him, because if Theerak took an interest in him even slightly, he’d surely ask why he had just been called. If that happened, someone like him—who wanted to call out the nickname he’d given especially—would have to come up with another excuse.

    Sometimes he just wanted to call him “naughty one” without questions or needing an answer.

    “The other thing is oregano… What does Mom need oregano for, anyway?”

    Muenfah looked at the person muttering to himself from head to toe. No matter what style Theerak dressed in, in his eyes, the smaller figure was adorable in every way. Right now, Theerak was wearing just a large navyblue T-shirt paired with cream-colored shorts, along with the flip-flops that Muenfah had bought for him. It was simple like this…

    But still adorable nonetheless.

    Anyone who said he wasn’t cute would get a kick to the mouth until their teeth fell out.

    “Phii Fah, follow me! The oregano Mom wants isn’t on this aisle.”

    “Yes…” Muenfah responded before asking when he noticed the smaller figure squinting at something on the shelf while walking. “Rak, are you nearsighted?”

    “Yes, but not too much, just a little over a hundred… But I don’t really like wearing glasses, hehe.” The smaller figure replied in a soft, guilty tone.

    “Is that okay, though? Can you see clearly?”

    “It’s fine for daily life, Phii Fah. Things that aren’t too far away, I can see clearly as usual. But if they’re a bit farther, they start to get blurry. I’m not that nearsighted, so it’s not too inconvenient.”

    “…”

    “But from now on, I’ll start wearing them more often. It’ll help with my forgetfulness too, because since I don’t wear them much, I often forget to bring my glasses to university. Especially lately, the professor likes projecting slides on the screen, and since I like sitting at the back of the room, I can’t see clearly… I need to change and wear glasses more often now.”

    “Wear them often so you get used to it. But if you feel dizzy at first, take them off and rest for a bit.” Muenfah furrowed his brows as he saw the smaller figure widen his eyes and raise his eyebrows in surprise.

    “It’s true, Phii Fah! That’s one of the reasons I don’t wear them—when I take them off, I get really dizzy… Phii Fah you aren’t nearsighted, so how do you know? You’re so smart, Phii Fah…”

    The family’s chubby puppy, the droopy-cheeked friend, and his stubborn little one stopped making a surprised face and cheerfully went off to find the oregano—though he still didn’t know what his mom planned to do with it. Muenfah secretly watched the bright smile while pushing the cart behind him.

    The distance between the one leading and the one following…

    It was just right.

    “Found it! Mom’s oregano…”

    “Can you reach it?”

    “The stubborn one of yours? This is nothing…”

    There he goes again… He’s in such a good mood after finding the oregano.

    “Yes…”

    And he slipped up again… This time, he accidentally became Phii Fah’s stubborn one.

    “Hup!!!”

    Whether he was Phii Fah’s stubborn one or someone else’s, right now, the smaller figure making noises to summon extra height made it clear he needed help. Theerak tried standing on his tiptoes to his fullest height, but he still couldn’t grab the small glass jar with the green lid. Muenfah mentally scolded the staff for placing such a small seasoning jar so high up, but on the other hand, he thought there might be a practical reason for it being there.

    “Let me help…”

    “I almost got it, Phii Fah!”

    “…”

    Muenfah knew there was no way the smaller person could reach it. When

    Theerak said he could grab it, he thought his jumping would help, but Muenfah had already anticipated this. He stepped behind Theerak to grab the oregano bottle for him. The faint, pleasant scent from the jet-black hair wafted under his nose, as it always did when they were close. Perhaps it was this familiar scent that gave him the courage to rest his chin on Theerak’s head without caring about the people around them.

    “Phii Fah! Get your chin off! You’re heavy…”

    Muenfah chuckled in his throat before coming up with an excuse, as he didn’t want to move his chin yet. “I have to rest my chin on your head first because I smelled something stinky and felt faint. Can I rest here for a bit…?”

    Muenfah then realized that it wasn’t just his chin bothering the smaller person—another part of his body was touching him too. He quickly withdrew the hand that had been holding Theerak’s waist before he got scolded even more. He was fully aware of everything when he rested his chin on Theerak’s head, but when he placed his hand on the smaller person’s waist, it must have been a slip.

    “Hey!!! No need for that! I know you’re trying to tease me, Phii Fah. Why are you such a tease?”

    The smaller person, who had just escaped his embrace, stood there pouting with displeasure. When Theerak got angry, it wasn’t intimidating like with others; instead, he became adorably upset. Muenfah, the one at fault, could only stand there feeling guilty, hoping the other would forgive him. But Theerak wasn’t going to let go of his anger easily, having been teased so many times before.

    “Here you go, oregano. I got it for you, little troublemaker.”

    “Oregano is oregano… How can you mix that with the fact that you teased me, Phii Fah!”

    The oregano bottle was snatched from his hand. Theerak placed the small glass bottle in the cart before taking over pushing it himself. Now, Muenfah had to quietly follow the stubborn little one, all while thinking of ways to make up for the trouble he had caused.

    “Little troublemaker…”

    “What now?” Theerak asked while pushing the cart and walking quickly, not turning to look at him.

    “Are you mad at me for resting my chin on your head or something else?” He wasn’t sure if Theerak’s intense anger was due to being physically encroached upon too much, so asking tentatively like this seemed the best approach.

    The smaller person stopped walking and turned to face him. Theerak still looked displeased but finally opened his mouth to say something.

    “I’m not that mad about you resting your chin on my head because, at most, it’s just heavy. But I’m really upset because you keep saying my head smells bad or stinky… even though I wash my hair every day now. How could that be possible unless you’re just teasing me to make me lose confidence?”

    “…”

    “It hurts when I’m confident I’ve done well, but then we get accused otherwise…”

    Muenfah gave a small smile. At first, he had overthought things, worrying that he’d have to keep more distance between them because he had unintentionally invaded the other’s personal space with his touch. But it wasn’t as bad as he thought, because that person was Theerak.

    He now believed that someone as adorable as the world itself could unexpectedly change so many things.

    Then I will let you punish me… as punishment for making you lose confidence.” Muenfah said before stepping closer to the smaller figure and offering both of his hands to the other. Theerak blinked rapidly, staring at his palms. “Hit me as many times as you want. I am letting you hit my hands.”

    “…”

    “Hit until you feel better.”

    Theerak sighed before saying, “Five times, that’s it.”

    The one being punished stood there listening to the soft slap sounds until all five hits were complete. If it weren’t for the sound confirming it, he wouldn’t have believed he was being hit because the touch was so light. The last time Muenfah had been punished by a teacher hitting his hand was in third grade, when he helped a friend who didn’t want to read a story in English class and ended up crying and skipping class. It had been so long he could hardly remember it. Today’s punishment brought back those childhood memories for him.

    “If you tease me again, I’ll increase it to ten hits and deduct points from our closeness score too.”

    “Can we skip the second part?”

    “No… Otherwise, the punishment wouldn’t seem harsh enough. Getting hit only hurts a little, and in the end, a naughty you would just do it again without anything to fear.”

    “So if I accidentally acts naughty and upsets you again, how many points will I lose?”

    “When it comes to closeness, I give the max score of one hundred. Panli is at one hundred fifty, meaning we’re super close… unlike you. Right now, you probably have just five points. If you get deducted next time, it’ll drop to four.”

    Can Panli transfer some points to me?”

    Muenfah knew himself well—he was a quiet, reserved person with a cunning streak, but he rarely used that side of himself. Most of the time, Muenfah only employed his cunning negotiation skills when he wanted something from his mom. Otherwise, he never bothered negotiating with anyone.

    That is, until he met this stubborn one.

    “No… Closeness has to come entirely from yourself.”

    “I will try. I’ll try not to let my points go into the negative.”

    After finishing their shopping, Theerak complained that he was hungry. He wanted a hamburger, and since there was still time, Muenfah brought him to McDonald’s and offered to treat him to this meal. Muenfah didn’t object and simply watched the smaller figure standing at the counter ordering food from the employee.

    He couldn’t really say no anyway…

    “Add French fries too, please, the large size…”

    “…”

    “And one fish burger… What about you, Phii Fah?”

    “I’ll have the same as you.”

    “Then we’ll get another fish burger. As for the French fries, we can share since the large size is a lot.”

    “…”

    “Would you like to upsize your Coke?”

    “No, no, just this is fine.”

    That’ll be two hundred ninety-eight baht…”

    “Just a sec…”

    Muenfah, who had secretly prepared his wallet, pulled out a thousand-baht note and handed it to the cashier, cutting in front of the smaller person. Theerak stood there, mouth agape, before turning to glare at him in frustration.

    “Here you go…”

    “Thank you.”

    “Phii Fah! I said I’d treat you!”

    “Someone as small as you can’t treat me… I’m so much bigger. How could little naughty you possibly treat me?”

    “It’s not about size at all. It’s purely about kindness.”

    “Just knowing that little naughty you want to treat me is more than enough to make me happy…” Muenfah took the change and put it in his wallet before reaching out to gently pat the smaller person’s messy hair. “I earn my own money now. It’s only right that I treat you.”

    “…”

    “When little naughty you graduate and gets a job, then you can treat me.”

    “That’s so far away…” the smaller person muttered, head lowered, voice soft.

    “No matter how long it takes, I’ll wait.”

    “Promise me. When I start working, you can’t steal the bill again, okay?”

    “Okay…”

    Muenfah, who wasn’t particularly hungry but craved a cigarette more, told the smaller person—who was happily munching on a hamburger—that honestly, he understood and didn’t force him to eat. The smaller one was even kind enough to let him go smoke by the car, but Muenfah chose to resist the urge to satisfy his body’s craving simply because…

    He couldn’t leave little naughty one behind.

    That’s why he sat there, watching the smaller person enjoy their meal. Muenfah picked up his phone to check missed calls and LINE messages, since he barely touched his phone when he was with little naughty one. There were messages from friends, group chats from university about a group project due next week, a message from Real asking about table reservation schedules in the shop’s group chat and, Mom – 3 Missed Calls.

    Muenfah hesitated for a moment before calling his mom back. The reason for his hesitation wasn’t that he didn’t want to talk to her, but because he was worried she might have something important to discuss that would take a while. He wanted to be in a more convenient time slot to talk. Usually, his parents were abroad most of the time, and their communication wasn’t like other families who texted back and forth. His parents preferred to spend money on long-distance calls just to hear their son’s voice, valuing clarity and speed over typing. Even though technology had advanced, allowing free calls through apps with video options, some people—like his parents—didn’t care for that. They stuck to the old, familiar ways.

    For instance, his parents preferred calling across countries because the phone signal was the most reliable.

    If they wanted to see him, they’d fly back to Thailand and stay for months.

    They said they didn’t like seeing his face without being able to touch him because it made them miss him even more.

    As he held the phone to his ear, waiting for the call to connect, Muenfah glanced at little naughty one’s favorite ketchup, which had been nearly wiped clean by the fries. He picked up the small round sauce container and said “Wait, I will go get more sauce for you, okay?”

    “It’s fine, Phii Fah. I will go get it himself.”

    “No need, stubborn one. Sit and eat. I will get it for you…” he said while grabbing a sauce cup. Muenfah walked over to the sauce station. He queued behind a little boy who was struggling to reach and dispense the sauce. Seeing the boy tiptoe reminded him of someone currently chomping on a fish burger back at the table. Thinking of that stubborn little one prompted

    Muenfah to offer help to the child. “Let big brother press it for you, okay?”

    “…”

    Muenfah placed both of his sauce cups on the counter before assisting the boy with the sauce. His phone, still connected to a call with his mother, remained pressed against his ear as usual.

    “Thank you!”

    “You’re welcome.” Muenfah nodded as the little boy raised his hands to thank him. After that, he proceeded to dispense sauce for the stubborn one waiting for him. With one hand holding the sauce cup and the other pressing the dispenser, his shoulder had to help prop up the phone against his ear.

    [Fah…]

    “Yes, Mom.”

    [Are you busy, son? I called you several times, and you didn’t pick up.]

    “Just a little, Mom. But I can talk.”

    [Honestly, it’s nothing big. I just called because I missed you. Last night, your little brother called and talked to me for a long time. He complained that you don’t come home much, always staying at the condo, and that he’s lonely at home by himself.]

    “Panli isn’t much different from the boy who cried wolf. He loves exaggerating.”

    [What’s with you two siblings? So, do you ever come home, Fah?]

    “I do, Mom. This morning, I stopped by the house. Today, I’m planning to sleep at home since I have an early class tomorrow.”

    [Good, good. Go back and check on things sometimes, son. Nanny can’t handle everything alone.]

    “I saw Nanny this morning, Mom. She said she missed me, so I’m going back today.”

    [Okay, dear. So, what are you doing right now?]

    “…” His mother’s question made Muenfah pause for a moment before he turned to look at the smaller figure eating a hamburger at the table.

    […]

    “I’m with him, Mom…”

    [Really, son?]

    “Yes. I’m sorry I haven’t called to tell you anything, Mom. I’ve been busy lately, and I didn’t think things would happen this fast.”

    [It’s okay, I understand… But everything’s alright, right?]

    “Yes, it’s fine.”

    [Is he still as cute as ever, son?]

    “He hasn’t changed a bit from what you saw, Mom.”

    [Then go be with him for now. We can talk later.]

    “Yes, Mom.”

    [Good luck, son. I’m rooting for you!]

    “Thank you, Mom.”

    Muenfah set down the ketchup cup before slipping his phone back into his pants’ back pocket as usual. The chili sauce cup was only filled a little because he knew the little troublemaker didn’t like spicy food—not even the sweet chili sauce. If it had even a hint of spice, Theerak would shake his head.

    He had always known Theerak didn’t like spicy flavors and he knew exactly how much Theerak liked ketchup…

    The one who knew everything so well walked back with both sauce cups and placed them in front of the little troublemaker as before. Theerak bowed his head slightly in thanks, and Muenfah simply smiled, thinking that if his mom were here to see this, the “real him” would surely seem even cuter than in photos.

    “I’m almost done eating, just wait a sec, okay, Phii Fah?”

    “Sure, Phii Fah will wait…”

     

    #However Many Thousand Skies

    “Jasmine garland!”

    “Why are you shouting, Li? It’s just a jasmine garland, not Annabelle the ghost or anything.”

    Theerak glanced sideways at his close friend who was washing vegetables next to him before letting out a sigh. Since he got back, his mom had been calling him to help nonstop until the hamburger he ate was practically gone from his stomach. All the guests at today’s party probably felt sorry for the tiny host like him, so they pitched in to help here and there until his mom started feeling bad about it.

    That’s what it’s like being everyone’s Theerak, huh…

    Doesn’t drown in water, doesn’t burn in fire.

    Even when Mom uses me, I don’t have to do everything myself,   .

    Being I am pretty comfy, isn’t it? 

    “Did you buy a jasmine garland to put in my brother’s car?”

    Theerak nodded slightly while shaking water off a fresh yellow bell pepper to put it in a large glass bowl. He then turned to look at Panli, who was washing cherry tomatoes but still hadn’t finished because he was too distracted by the jasmine garland.

    “Yeah… I bought it to pay respects to Mae Yanang. What’s so shocking about that?”

    “…”

    “Don’t tell me you don’t know who Mae Yanang is… That’s too much, Li.

    You’re Thai, you know.”

    “I know everything down to who my mom buys from… But I was shocked because my brother doesn’t like the smell of jasmine.”

    “O_O”

    He really doesn’t like it. And Phii Fah actually let the jasmine garland stay in the car… Looks like I don’t even need to ask what I was going to ask today.

    It’s already confirmed clear as day.”

    “S-Seriously, Li?”

    “Why are your eyes popping out? Are you shocked on my behalf now…?”

    “It’s not funny… Does Phii Fah really not like the smell of jasmine?”

    “Big time. When he was a kid, if he smelled jasmine, he’d feel nauseous and want to throw up. Now that he’s older, he can handle the smell, but he still doesn’t like it because it gives him headaches.”

    Oh… The whole way, the jasmine scent must have been overwhelming.

    Theerak was genuinely delighted, while Phii Fah was probably feeling queasy the entire time.

    “You stupid little dog!”

    T___T

    “It slipped out, didn’t it, you chubby-cheeks…”

    “I didn’t know, Li… I didn’t know Phii Fah didn’t like it.”

    “Not knowing isn’t a crime. The one at fault is my brother… He forced himself to keep it in the car and didn’t say he couldn’t stand the smell. Good thing he didn’t get dizzy and crash the car with you in it.”

    “You’re exaggerating, Li. Phii Fah isn’t that wrong. He was just being considerate of my feelings. If he told me to throw it away, it would’ve been rude, right?”

    “Oh… you idiot. I’m on your side, and you’re defending my brother. What is this, a love triangle between the three of us?”

    Careful, or the third person’s getting punched in the mouth.”

    “Look at this! It hasn’t even been long, and you’re already making me the third wheel when my brother came into the picture later. Man, people are something… How am I supposed to compete with the person in your heart?”

    “You dog-faced jerk!!!!”

    Panli burst out laughing until Theerak wanted to shove a bell pepper in his mouth, but all he could do was huff in his throat, afraid that if they fought, Panli would pinch his cheeks until they hurt.

    “But no matter what, today I’m going to ask my brother about you and get to the bottom of it.”

    Theerak, who was about to walk out of the kitchen, froze mid-step when he heard that sentence. He pursed his lips, thinking hard, before setting the jar of bell peppers down on the counter and turning to his best friend.

    “If you ask, what’s going to happen, Li?”

    “…”

    “Will everything change a lot?”

    “What are you afraid will change?”

    “I just feel like the encouragement I give him makes him such a lovable person, a Muenfah that everyone in the world would want. If what you’re thinking is true, I might start feeling different… I wouldn’t dare get as close to him as before because I’d be afraid of giving him hope if I don’t end up feeling anything. But if it’s not true… the one who’ll pull away is Phii Fah, and then he’d lose someone like me who gives him encouragement.”

    “…”

    Can we just let things go on as they are, Li? Just let it flow naturally. Would that be better…? I mean, do I still want to know how he found out about non-runny omelets, ketchup, or that chocolate ice cream from whoknows-where? Yeah, I do. But if it means trading that for something changing, I don’t really want to know anymore.”

    “In all the time we’ve known each other, this is the first time I’ve seen you overthink a relationship…”

    “I just realized how damn complicated relationships are… whether it’s with friends, family, or lovers. You know I care about everyone who comes into my life. Even someone I’m not that close to, like Phii Fah, I’m starting to care about. I’m scared he’ll go through something bad, scared he won’t want to smile anymore.”

    “…”

    “I just want him to be able to smile a lot, and right now, he’s smiling so much, Li. If that goes away, I think I’d be really sad.”

    “I think the reason he smiles so much is because of you…”

    “…” There was no denying it because when they were together, Muenfah really did smile a lot. Even if Theerak didn’t believe it was because of him that the other smiled, those frequent smiles always served as a reminder.”

    “Let’s just say I won’t ask Phii Fah, about this… I’ll let this curiosity keep tickling my heart like this because I think it’s better to let it go. Let my brother and you get closer little by little. No need to feel awkward if our feelings don’t align… To put it simply, in short, things are damn good right now. My brother smiles so easily he’s barely recognizable as Muenfah anymore. And you’re still as cute as ever, end of story.”

    “End your life with that dog face of yours… You can never keep talking nicely for long.” Theerak said, shaking his head lightly before grabbing a glass jar to hold. He could only partially understand what Panli had said, but what he fully grasped and agreed with was, “Things are damn good right now. My brother smiles so easily he’s barely recognizable as Muenfah.” Honestly, this was enough… just right.

    Theerak handed the jar of bell peppers to his older sister, who was preparing to chop them, and Phii Babe handed him a basin of marinated chicken to take to Phii Dom, who was skewering meat in the backyard garden. The little guy carried the basin toward his destination. He saw Phii Dom, Muenfah, and Type sitting on a mat spread out on the grass. This time, Joy couldn’t make it due to an urgent errand—such a pity for her, missing out on delicious food.

    The three of them were so focused on preparing the barbecue that they didn’t notice he’d been standing there for a while. But soon, Muenfah sensed him and looked up at him holding the basin. He gave a faint smile before extending the arm with his watch toward him.

    “Little troublemaker, could you take off my watch for me? It might get dirty with sauce.”

    “Sure…” Theerak handed the basin of marinated chicken to Type and bent down to unfasten Muenfah’s favorite watch.

    “If Theerak is the troublemaker, then what am I as your friend, and what’s this junior, Type?”

    “Depends on how you guys act…”

    Muenfah’s reply made the two others sitting there skewering barbecue burst into laughter. Dom smiled, thinking that Muenfah was still Muenfah—a quiet guy who asked little, answered little, and loved throwing sharp remarks that made the asker want to end the conversation.

    But whenever Muenfah was with Theerak, he stopped being Muenfah. He turned into the evening sky, full of vibrant colors. And Dom believed that every hue on this sky was painted by Theerak.

    “Done… Where should I put it for you? Should I leave it with Li?”

    “If Panli gets a girlfriend, he’ll sell my stuff… So, troublemaker, put it back on for me.”

    “What if I sell it instead?”

    “Then you take the money and use it. I will go buy it back himself.”

    “Double standards, huh… This watch was a gift from Mom, you know,

    Pradipat. Did you forget?”

    Panli, who had walked over with a basin of marinated pork and set it on the mat, raised his voice in dissatisfaction.

    “…”

    “You give in to everything, let it all slide. You’re ruining the reputation of the men in our family.”

    “Don’t get cocky, Panli.”

    “No need to be polite to me here—we’re all family.”

    Phii Fah always showed respect to his younger brother in front of others. He wouldn’t use harsh words or casual terms like “I” and “You” [กู-มึง]. But when it was just the two of them, they were like typical siblings—teasing, bickering, and throwing around “I” and “You.”

    “Jerk…”

    Type burst out laughing as soon as he saw the handsome senior scolding his own friend, while Muenfah scolded with a calm expression and steady tone. However, it was so clear and firm that even someone like him, who was just sitting and listening quietly, felt a jolt in his gut—seriously emphasized. So “Don’t provoke him, Li, and Phii Fah, don’t scold Li either…” the smallframed guy who was putting on a watch spoke up to intervene. He didn’t really want to hold onto this expensive watch, but he was afraid the sauce might actually get on it, so he agreed to wear it for now.

    “Hey, kids, are you all done yet? I’ve already lit the stove for you.”

    But the one who could truly stop the sibling war was probably his mother, who walked in to check on things. Everyone nodded in response, and Phii Babe, who was carrying a bowl of freshly chopped bell peppers into the garden, nodded as well.

    “Oh, but why doesn’t that pile of barbecue skewers have any pineapple? Did Theerak order Phii Dom to set some aside just for himself?” His mother shifted her gaze from a batch of barbecue skewers that had everything skewered on them except the pineapple, which her son didn’t like. “What did I tell you, dear? Don’t be picky, okay? Everything has its benefits.”

    “N-No, I didn’t tell Phii Dom to do that, Mom!” The small guy quickly waved his hands back and forth to deny it.

    Everyone awkwardly looked around for the person who made these skewers. Every barbecue skewer typically had meat, tomato, pineapple, and bell pepper. Some skewers missing bell peppers weren’t surprising since Babe was still chopping more to add because there weren’t enough at first. But there was plenty of pineapple, yet it wasn’t skewered onto that particular batch of skewers—

    A batch that was sitting on a plate next to Muenfah…

    “Well, Dom said Rak doesn’t like pineapple, so I didn’t put it on the skewers.” Muenfah explained.

    “Oh, I see… Next time, don’t indulge him too much, Fah. He’ll get used to it and become picky.” his mother said.

    “Yes, ma’am…”

    “If he were that picky, his cheeks wouldn’t be sagging to the floor.” Babe teased.

    “Then I’ll go cook for Grandpa first. Once you’re all done, wash your hands and put the barbecue on the grill, okay?”

    “Yes, ma’am…”

    “Yes…”

    Theerak frowned, lost in thought, before turning to look at Muenfah, who was quietly sitting and skewering more meat. The pineapple thing probably wasn’t much different from oily omelets, ketchup, or chocolate ice cream. He was certain Phii Dom wasn’t the one who mentioned it because Phii Dom often forgot that the fruit he disliked the most was pineapple.

    Theerak wanted to ask Muenfah directly, but as he’d once told Panli, if asking might lead to a change, Theerak would rather let it go for now. His relationship with Muenfah wasn’t stable enough yet—it was just beginning and still quite fragile. Pressing too hard might tear it apart. But Theerak also didn’t plan to ignore it until the doubts in his heart piled up into a mountain.

    He’d just wait… wait for a more suitable time.

     

    #However Many Thousand Skies

    “Rak, grab me the ketchup bottle.”

    “No way… Take the chili sauce instead.”

    “What’s wrong with my life? I never get what I want.” Panli grumbled but took the chili sauce anyway. Not long after, his playful best friend handed him the ketchup bottle too.

    “Do we have morning classes tomorrow, Fah?”

    “Oh, nine o’clock.”

    “Are you taking a sandwich? I’ll ask Babe to make extra.”

    “Should she make extra? No need to feel shy. When Dom has early classes, we always make some for him.”

    “No worries, I don’t eat breakfast.”

    “Just drinking coffee, huh, Phii Fah…” Theerak said before stuffing a piece of chicken barbecue into his mouth. Muenfah, sitting beside him, didn’t respond but simply reached out to playfully rub the face of the watch on Theerak’s wrist.

    “Complain…”

    “Let someone nag you for once. Besides Ma, no one else can nag you about breakfast.”

    “Maybe it’s not Rak that’s the stubborn one… it’s Phii Fah who’s the stubborn one.”

    “Just not eating breakfast—how’s that stubborn?”

    “Everything about you is stubborn, Muenfah.”

    Muenfah gave a small smile before biting his lip when he saw the smaller guy wrinkle his nose at him again. Neither of them seemed to notice that everyone at the dining table was watching. The playful teasing between Muenfah and Theerak made everyone feel so embarrassed that they lowered their heads and focused on eating their barbecue instead, unable to keep watching.

    Babe, who had been bravely observing for quite a while, now felt shy as if she were watching a romance movie. She thought that both Muenfah and Theerak were unaware that their facial expressions and the look in their eyes resembled people flirting with each other. His younger brother didn’t show much reaction—compared to the other, it was barely noticeable. Given Theerak’s naturally clingy and friendly personality, joking around with Muenfah wasn’t anything unusual.

    But Muenfah… he didn’t hold back at all.

    The way he looked at Theerak… was it really that obvious?

    “Hey… I think it’s true… right?”

    “Huh?” Dom, jolted by his girlfriend nudging him with her elbow, responded in a high-pitched tone.

    “Right?”

    “…”

    “We’ve got some talking to do tonight.”

    Dom shook his head before digging into his barbecue to stock up, knowing he’d probably be in for a long interrogation tonight. “Yes, ma’am.”

    “Phii Fah, you really should eat breakfast sometimes. I’m being serious here.”

    “…”

    “Breakfast is super important. I eats every morning—even if there’s no class, I still wake up to eat and then go back to sleep.”

    “Isn’t that just because you’re a big eater, you chubby-cheeks?” Type teased.

    “Not at all… it’s really good for your body.”

    “Then tomorrow, I will wake up and eat breakfast.”

    “Phii Fah… you heard that, right? I’m telling the nanny about this.”

    “Why do you have to tell the nanny?”

    “Because the nanny’s been dying for you to eat breakfast, but you always brush it off. you eat sometimes, then stops, until the nanny finally gave up.”

    “Wow. Then Phii Fah you really have to start eating again—make the nanny happy.”

    “Okay.”

    “Phii Fah, you don’t eat, how should I punish you… People who don’t keep their promises need to face consequences, right? But this time, I don’t want to deduct points either.”

    Panli frowned in confusion. He didn’t understand a single thing his friend was saying to his older brother. It was as if the two of them were speaking a language only Muenfah and Theerak could comprehend.

    “You can confiscate my cigarettes. If I don’t eat breakfast tomorrow, you won’t bring them back to me.”

    “Can’t he just buy new ones?” Panli asked.

    “But I won’t buy new ones. I’ll only take them from him.”

    Everyone knew how addicted Muenfah was to cigarettes and how heavily he smoked. Having his cigarettes confiscated wasn’t a promise to be taken lightly—he’d have to follow through for real. Something as simple and ordinary as eating breakfast, which was easy for others, seemed to become an insurmountable challenge for Muenfah.

    Just smiling and eating breakfast… it’s not too hard, Phii Fah.

    “And how will I know if you have eaten breakfast?”

    Muenfah handed over his phone to him. “Can I have your LINE?

    Tomorrow, I’ll send you a picture of my breakfast.”

    Theerak glanced at his older sister, who was staring at them. Muenfah was only asking for his LINE; he probably didn’t need her permission for that. But for some reason, he kept looking at Phii Babe anyway.

    “Babe, can I have Rak’s LINE?”

    “Uh, sure,” Babe replied to the bold request. She wasn’t sure what was happening because she couldn’t quite figure it out, but something told her to go along with this person.

    “Babe has given permission, so I, can I have little naughty you’s LINE?”

    “It’s already in the group… just add him from there, Phii Fah,” Type suggested, noticing his friend wasn’t responding to the senior yet.

    “I want him to give it to me willingly.”

    At that moment, Theerak took both the phone and the pack of cigarettes from Muenfah. He didn’t know what kind of chaos might unfold after this as they grew closer, but no matter what, Theerak believed everything would turn out fine. And it would surely be worth the friendship he’d gained.

    Getting close to Phii Fah… it’s another good thing in life, isn’t it?

    A party always has an end. After eating barbecue for a while and chatting for some time, everyone said their goodbyes and parted ways. Theerak wanted to see his friends off at the front of the house, but since Panli told him to go back and help Phii Babe and Phii Dom with the dishes, the small guy gave up and returned to the kitchen. Meanwhile, the two siblings from the Pisut family went to pay respects to the mother and grandfather before heading out.

    “Phii Fah… are you free tonight?”

    “Is something up?”

    Panli, who was following his older brother to the car, gave a slight shrug. He wanted to ask his brother something. Asking during the party didn’t seem appropriate, and asking right in front of their friend’s house felt too obvious.

    Even though Theerak didn’t come out to see them off this far, there was still Type walking out of the house. The matter he wanted to discuss was somewhat important, and Panli thought they should talk seriously in a private space.

    “I’d like to talk for a bit…”

    “Late tonight, go wait on rooftop. I’ll come up to meet you.”

    “Okay.”

    “…” Muenfah nodded before getting into the car. He could guess what his younger brother wanted to talk about. Panli was his brother, not someone else. If he wanted to know, he’d have to answer.

     

    #However Many Thousand Skies

    Theerak, sitting on the steps in front of the house, was staring at the white slippers Muenfah had bought for him while waiting for Moogrob, the little pup, to finish its personal business in his mother’s flower garden. Today, Muenfah had left a whirlwind of questions swirling in his mind. Theerak was mature enough and not so clueless that he couldn’t see or sense what was going on. When alone, he tried to carefully reflect on it himself. Though he had almost no experience in matters like this, Theerak thought that what Panli had said might hold some truth.

    But he didn’t believe it.

    He didn’t even want to entertain the idea that Muenfah could actually like him.

    The flood of confusing emotions that had hit him in such a short time made Theerak start to discern the special feelings more clearly. He’d never felt his heart race for anyone before… never lost himself like this. It all made him realize something different was stirring in his heart—a special feeling reserved for just one person, not something he could feel for everyone.

    And right now, Theerak was certain it wasn’t love.

    Maybe it was just something fleeting, something that only happened in the beginning. If he got closer to Muenfah, even just a little more, that person might stop affecting his heartbeat altogether. Theerak decided he needed to get a grip on his emotions. He wouldn’t let this chaotic confusion shake the budding closeness they’d just started to build.

    When he told Panli he wanted to let things flow naturally, he meant it.

    And because he wanted it to keep flowing, he was determined to protect this relationship.

    “Moogrob… No way!! I won’t let you bite these slippers, no matter what!”

    His hand quickly snatched the slippers off the ground as Moogrob looked ready to sink its teeth in. The moment the little pup saw him stand up and turn toward the house, it gave him a pitiful look. Theerak guessed that the reason it sat there with its tongue hanging out, not budging, was because it really wanted to chew on his new slippers. Normally, Theerak would give in to Moogrob’s whims, but this time, he couldn’t let it slide.

    He’d just realized that some things with sentimental value could make your heart stronger, pushing you to protect them so they’d stay with you longer. Like how he couldn’t let Moogrob chew on these slippers—because he wanted to preserve the good memories the other person had given him for as long as possible.

    LINE ~

    The notification sound snapped Theerak out of his thoughts. He pulled his phone from his pants pocket. As soon as he opened the LINE app, he saw a message from someone.

    M.FAH: Troublemaker…

    Theerak placed the slippers on a high shelf to keep them out of Moogrob’s eager reach before plopping back down on the steps. His fingers hovered over the keyboard, typing a reply, only to delete it and start over. He repeated this several times, all while inwardly scolding himself for feeling nervous about chatting on LINE. He shouldn’t feel this way—they’d already met in person before.

    But chatting here feels different somehow…

    M.FAH: You’re still awake, right? Because you opened my message.

    Theerak: Yes, I’m still awake.

    M.FAH: It’s late. You should sleep now, okay?

    Theerak: Okay. You too, Phii Fah. M.FAH: Okay.

    Theerak was about to exit the chat window, but then Muenfah sent something back.

    M.FAH: [send, a, voice]

    Theerak’s eyes lingered on the message for a moment before he pressed play to listen to the voice message.

    Theerak heard soft music playing in the background. He guessed Muenfah was probably at the shop—around this time, customers were just starting to pile in, nowhere near the other’s usual bedtime as he had assumed. Following the music came Muenfah’s low chuckle from his throat. He remembered it well because Muenfah often laughed like that when they were together.

    And finally, there was Muenfah’s deep voice…

    “Good night, you little troublemaker…” Wishing good night as usual.

    #However Many Thousand Skies

    TBC

     

    YOURSKY CHAPTERS HOME

  • YOURSKY, Chapter 7

    YOURSKY, Chapter 7

       YOURSKY, Chapter 7 

    “I’ll walk you down…”

    “No need, Phii Fah. This is already more than enough, and I feel bad… Phii

    Fah, you should hurry back to take care of the restaurant.”

    “Who’s at home? If there are any adults, I can go down and say hello.”

    Theerak looked at the tall figure beside him, who was already unbuckling his seatbelt to get out of the car. He hid a smile while silently admiring the two Pisut siblings. Even though Muenfah and Panli had quite different personalities, one thing they shared completely was their politeness. It was something that made people who met them think back to the good upbringing they must have received from their family. Theerak now believed that a solid foundation of good parenting could shape someone into a gentle and respectful person.

    It was just like his mom had always said—listen to the advice of elders a lot, and wherever you go, people will adore you.

    Theerak’s eyes shifted from Muenfah to his own house. Every light was off, and there wasn’t a single car in the garage. That gave him a pretty confident answer.

    “No one’s home. There’s no car parked, so Phii Babe and Phii Dom probably aren’t back yet. And Dad must’ve taken Mom and Grandpa out to eat somewhere.”

    “Then I will walk you in…”

    “Phii Fah… we’re already at the gate. I can really go in by himself, okay?”

    “Have you ever been so stubborn that you got spanked…?”

    “…” The one being asked shook his head until his chubby-cheeks jiggled, met with Muenfah’s stern gaze. That look made Theerak stop resisting and quickly reach to unbuckle his seatbelt to get out of the car. But a large hand swiftly moved in to handle it for him.

    Theerak got out of the car and walked ahead of Muenfah toward the front of the house. As he bent down to fish the keys he always carried when going out from his pants pocket, the tall figure who had been following quietly stepped up to stand beside him.

    “Can you get into the house?”

    “Yes, yes, I have my own spare key…” he replied before taking out a small key with a tiny Snoopy doll keychain dangling from it to unlock the gate.

    Theerak looked up at the person beside him as a way of saying goodbye, and Muenfah seemed to understand what he meant, nodding slightly in response. Without delay, he pushed the heavy iron gate open. Normally, Theerak could manage it on his own, but it required a moment to summon strength from every part of his body. That heavy gate practically flew open because of him.

    When his dad wasn’t around… the one who handled the heavy iron gate the best was none other than Theerak himself.

    But today, before he could even gather strength from any part of his body—just as he started pushing—the gate slid open effortlessly. Theerak pressed his lips together, refusing to look at the other person, focusing solely on sliding the gate while keeping his head down. He knew full well he hadn’t suddenly turned into Superman with surprising new strength.

    It had to be Muenfah again…

    Even something like this required Muenfah’s help—so embarrassing   .

    “Watch out for the wheels hitting your feet…”

    “Y-Yes…” he replied weakly. Theerak didn’t want Muenfah to see him as so weak that he couldn’t do anything on his own. He was just smaller than the average guy, not some frail weakling. “Then I will head inside now, okay?”

    “…” Muenfah nodded in acknowledgment. Seeing that, Theerak slid the gate closed, with the tall figure standing outside helping as well, of course.

    When we step away from the spot where we once stood, we can sense the presence of someone else. Even without turning back to confirm it, we can feel that they’re still there, not going anywhere.

    And as Theerak stepped away from that spot, he felt that Muenfah was still standing in the same place. It wasn’t because there was no sound of the car engine, but because he could feel that pair of eyes from Muenfah watching him.

    “Little troublemaker…”

    His small feet stopped in their tracks the moment that deep voice called out. Whether it was “little one.” “tiny.” or whatever else people liked to call him—or even “troublemaker” as Muenfah chose to say—Theerak had to turn back toward the source of the voice anyway.

    Muenfah was still standing in the same spot, just as he’d sensed. The man had both hands tucked into his pants pockets.

    …No smile, no expression at all.

    Just standing there, looking at him.

    “…”

    And they continued to lock eyes amidst the silence because he didn’t know why Muenfah had called him back.

    “Good night…”

    Oh… the reason he held him back was because he forgot to say “good night.” huh?

    This is insane, totally insane, T___T. He’s crazy for letting his heart flutter with every word Muenfah says. He’s really not okay with himself—this can’t go on like this.

    Theerak nodded before spinning around and hurrying into the house without a second thought. Thankfully, his mom wasn’t cruel enough to lock the small door connecting to the living room, or he’d be stuck outside, heart racing. No other door could’ve gotten his flustered self inside.

    As soon as he stepped into the living room, Theerak sneaked over to peek through the curtains at the big window. It was a spot with a wide view of the area—especially the fence where Muenfah had been standing.

    Right now, the tall figure was walking back to his car with his back turned. Theerak, ever the polite host, watched from a distance until the black Benz sports car pulled away from the front of the house. Once he was sure Muenfah was really gone, Theerak collapsed onto the big sofa, lying still like a lifeless vegetable.

    It was just a “Good night,” so why make such a big deal out of it, Theerak!!!!

    Phii Babe says it every day… it’s the same thing.

    But no matter how much he told himself that or tried to compare it to anyone else, his racing heart wouldn’t calm down. Theerak knew this wasn’t something that happened often—hardly ever, in fact. He wasn’t sure what this feeling was or how to get himself back to normal.

    After reflecting for a while on why he kept getting flustered around Muenfah, he came up with an answer. At first, he’d assumed Muenfah was the stern, aloof type who didn’t care about anyone, based on what others said.

    So he’d only prepared himself for that. But when they actually met and interacted, everything turned upside down, catching him off guard. It was so unexpected that he felt confused about who Muenfah really was. He’d only planned for scenario A, with no backup plan B, so he couldn’t handle this kind, polite, attentive, and gentle version of Muenfah. It even shocked him.

    And the reason Muenfah wanted to get close to him was probably because he rarely met someone who could make him smile, like he’d said. Once he got a taste of smiling, he’d probably want to do it more often—maybe even get addicted to it. As for holding hands at first, Theerak thought it was Muenfah’s way of reassuring him that he wouldn’t be left alone again. But given his personality, Muenfah likely didn’t hold hands with people often. Doing it probably made him feel encouraged—like when he shared his past and gripped Theerak’s hand tighter, clearly needing support. That might be why Muenfah kept asking to hold his hand.

    It was obvious that changing himself wasn’t a small or easy thing for Muenfah. That’s why he needed encouragement from everyone—and even went as far as asking to get close to Theerak. Muenfah probably wanted his help to become someone who smiles more easily and connects better with others.

    To become a better person for everyone… and a good partner for someone in the future, right?

    “Ugh, Phii Fah… so pitiful. All this time, no one’s probably given you any encouragement, huh? Because you act so detached from the world, everyone assumes you’re strong enough not to need it.”

    Thinking this way, his heart, which had been racing because of Muenfah, finally calmed down. All that remained was empathy. Theerak now understood both himself and Muenfah. From now on, his heart wouldn’t go wild over him anymore because he understood everything so well. Theerak promised himself he’d help Muenfah change and be the close friend who keeps giving him encouragement.

    Rak will make Phii Fah become the love of everyone… someone everyone who sees him will love and find endearing,   .

    But that empathy and steadfast heart came to a halt with the sound of a car from the front of the house. Theerak was about to peek through the curtains as usual, but a loud creak at the door made him turn his attention there instead.

    The moment the door swung open, a small brown-and-white mixed-breed puppy dashed toward him. In that instant, Theerak realized… this is what falling in love feels like.

    The small person knelt down on the floor and opened his arms to welcome the puppy his sister had just brought home into his embrace. The four-legged bundle leapt into him as if they were an owner and pet separated for ages, finally reunited—though in reality, he and this puppy had never met before, not even seen a picture. All Theerak knew was that its mother was a stray dog killed by a car, and it was an only pup. Phii Babe had seen someone post about finding it a home on Twitter, asked their mom for permission, and went to pick it up.

    That’s all he knew, really… So why did he fall in love so easily?

    Maybe falling in love doesn’t need a ton of reasons.

    Just knowing you’ve already fallen is enough…

    “Moogrob ~” Theerak smiled and laughed as he called out the name that had popped into his head out of nowhere. He thought its brown-and-white coat and chubby, round shape suited the name perfectly. Plus, Moogrob [crispy pork] was his favorite food too.

    Now, Moogrob, the newest family member, had climbed onto his lap. Theerak used both hands to support its plump little belly. Its front paws scrambled to climb up and lick his face. The small person laughed and tilted his head back slightly to avoid letting Moogrob’s slobbery tongue reach his lips.

    “What… I named it Brown…”

    “But Moogrob’s a good name too. A Thai dog should have a proper Thai name.”

    Theerak nodded in agreement with Phii Dom, who had just walked in. His sister, the puppy’s real owner, sighed and went to sit on the sofa. He glanced at Phii Babe, who sat with her arms crossed, annoyed at being overruled about the puppy’s name. But Theerak was confident her irritation would fade, thanks to her sweet boyfriend sitting beside her, gently rubbing her head and asking in his usual tender tone:

    “What’s wrong, dear?”

    “No need for sweet talk. You two are just ganging up on me.”

    “Aw… Phii Babe, don’t feel bad. Rak isn’t siding with myself here. But look, it really seems to like the name—check out its tail, wagging like crazy.”

    Babe sighed before saying, “Fine, Moogrob it is.”

    The small person burst into cheerful laughter once his sister approved the name he’d given the puppy. Theerak leaned down to kiss its head several times. Moogrob had a coat of white mixed with brown patches all over, one eye circled with a big brown spot, and both ears flopped down.

    So adorable, this Moogrob…

    “So, what do you think, Fah…?”

    But Moogrob’s cuteness was interrupted by that question from Phii Dom. Theerak’s eyes glanced at the tall figure who was talking on the phone with someone.

    “…”

    “I just got here a minute ago. Traffic was insane.”

    “…”

    “Playing with the puppy right now…”

    “…”

    Theerak quickly lowered his eyes to look at Moogrob [Moogrob] the moment he heard that sentence. He didn’t know what the person on the phone had asked Phii Dom to prompt that response. Maybe Muenfah had asked about someone else, or maybe Phii Dom just wanted to subtly show off his new puppy, so he said he was playing with it.

    But whatever…

    “Yeah, sitting with Chubby-cheeks playing with the dog…”

    Oh, come on… don’t pay so much attention to me.

    “…”

    “Okay, cool. See you tomorrow afternoon.”

    Phii Babe, who had jumped down to sit in front of him at some point without him noticing, reached out to rub Moogrob’s belly until the puppy flipped over, legs splayed wide, lounging contentedly on his lap.

    “I was going to bathe him tonight… but it looks like Moogrob’s really attached to you. Could you give him a bath instead?”

    “Sure, I can handle it.”

    “The dog shampoo and powder are already bought. They’re out front.” Babe paused to take a breath before continuing, “…So, how did it go?

    Everything okay?”

    “Huh?”

    “With Fah today… Was it alright?”

    Theerak furrowed his brows slightly at the unfamiliar hopeful look in his sister’s eyes. “It was fine. Phii Fah’s nice—not at all like what people say…”

    “Of course Fah has to be nice. He promised me he’d take good care of you.” Phii Dom chimed in.

    “…” The listener let out a soft sigh before nodding and lowering his head to look at the puppy sprawled out with its tongue hanging.

    “Phii Babe you don’t need to worry. Wherever I go, people adore me… Even Phii Fah asked if he can get closer to me…” Maybe because he’d hyped himself up too much, his sister sent a small—but surprisingly heavy—hand to shove his head.

    “Annoying!”

    “Oh… I forgot to thank you Phii Dom…” Realizing he should express his gratitude, he pressed his hands together at his chest and flashed a wide, squinting smile. Phii Dom chuckled lightly and nodded back. “Thank you so much, Phii Dom, for telling Phii Fah what I like to eat. Today, I got to eat all my favorites!”

    “What… He spent the whole day with you and only treated you to ice cream?”

    “…” The listener frowned, confused by what Phii Dom meant. “No, I had crispy pork basil rice with a non-greasy omelet, ketchup on the side, and chocolate ice cream—exactly like you told him!” Theerak was certain Phii Dom knew his preferences inside out, down to every detail, since they’d lived together for three years.

    “Yesterday when I talked to Fah on the phone, I only told him you like ice cream. Just ice cream… I didn’t even mention what flavor.”

    “…” Of course, he ordered the crispy pork basil himself, but the ketchup, the non-greasy omelet, the chocolate ice cream—all these little details—did Muenfah guess them all on his own? No way, that’s impossible. So where did it leak from? T___T Mom ~ my head hurts so much!

    “Good thing I’m the oldest, so I’m not named Theerak. Someone like me, who isn’t you, doesn’t have to sit here with a headache guessing this and that all by myself…”

    “…” Theerak blinked rapidly at his older sister, hoping she’d help solve this messy equation. But judging by her expression, Phii Babe’s only answer seemed to be…

    “I don’t know either. You’ll have to figure it out yourself. Didn’t you used to wake up to watch Conan in the mornings as a kid? Now you can finally put it to use.”

    “That’s not even close, Phii Babe!” Theerak scolded his sister for not helping at all before turning to Phii Dom again for answers.

    “I don’t know either. I really only told him that much… If he knows more than what I said, then that Fah must’ve gone digging for info himself. I never thought Fah would prepare to welcome a guest this thoroughly.”

    “…” It seemed like Phii Dom might shed more light on it, but not at all—it just made his headache worse. What reason could Muenfah have for paying so much attention to him?

    “Well… then I’ll head back first. Tomorrow, I have to come eat with your Dad in the afternoon too. Or do you want me to stay until everyone else gets back so I can keep you company?”

    “You can go now… Rak’s here to keep me company.”

    “Okay, call if anything comes up… Don’t stay up too late, Babe.”

    “Hmm…”

    Theerak sat watching the tall figure walk over and kiss his sister’s forehead once as a goodbye. He didn’t feel shy or awkward about it—ever since Phii Dom started dating Phii Babe, there hadn’t been a single day he forgot to kiss her forehead before parting. It had become a familiar sight.

    And he thought it was really cute.

    “See you later, chubby-cheeks…”

    “Y-Yes…”

    Right… and Phii Dom didn’t forget to lightly pinch his cheeks before leaving either.

    After Phii Dom left, Phii Babe excused herself to rest upstairs. Not long after, his parents and grandpa returned from a relative’s house. They hadn’t gone out to eat as he’d assumed. Everyone sat and played with the new family member for a while before heading off to rest. So he took Moogrob to bathe out front.

    Theerak sprayed water from the hose onto the white-and-brown creature, who shook its fur until water splashed all over him. Real grabbed a dustycolored towel he’d sacrificed for Moogrob, wrapped it around the little guy, and carried him back into the house.

    While wiping down the naughty Moogrob, who kept playfully biting the towel, Theerak couldn’t stop thinking about that issue. Of course, he was curious—his brain felt like it might explode wondering how Muenfah knew all this. But who could he ask…?

    Panli… Panli must’ve told Muenfah!

    How could he forget that dog-faced Panli, the key figure…?

    But it seemed the person under scrutiny noticed, because his phone rang just as Theerak was scrolling through his contacts to find him. Theerak didn’t hesitate and quickly answered his friend’s call. He could hear faint music leaking through from the other end, which made him pretty sure his friend hadn’t yet left the old friend’s birthday party.

    “Panli, you dog-faced jerk!”

    […If I didn’t love you, I’d have kicked you in the mouth already. How dare you call me dog-faced… Anyway, I was calling to check if you’re home yet. If not, should I swing by Phii Fah’s pup to pick you up?]

    “I got back a while ago.”

    [Okay, then I’ll keep hanging out with my friends. I was thinking if you needed a ride, I’d skip out…]

    Theerak took a deep breath before asking “Did you tell Phii Fah what I like to eat?”

    [Huh?…Why are you asking me this?]

    “Because your brother knows everything—like, everything. I like my omelet with no greasy oil, with ketchup on the side, and chocolate ice cream… You kinda know this stuff too. Did you tell him? I just want to clear this up…”

    [The ketchup on the side for omelets, I know because you always need it separate. The favorite ice cream flavor, I know because you make me buy it all the time. But the no-greasy-oil thing? I didn’t even know that… and I didn’t tell him either.]

    “…” Theerak swallowed hard, his throat making an audible gulp. Too tired to wrestle the towel back from the chubby puppy, he let go, and the little dog stumbled, rolling over several times.

    [My brother’s something else… He’s been something else ever since he sniffed your head.]

    “…Ughhh, Li, I can’t take it anymore. My head hurts, my stomach’s all messed up, all because of your brother. He’s got me flustered all day!”

    [Calm down, tell your buddy what’s going on…] Theerak faintly heard a soft laugh from the other end.

    “It’s like my cheeks are so hot they’re about to explode, and my stomach’s churning like I’ve got diarrhea… Do I need to see a doctor, Li?”

    [Haha, what did my brother do to you? How’d he get you whining like this?]

    “Don’t laugh, jerk… He didn’t do anything to me. But he’s so kind, polite, and super considerate. Everything’s the opposite of what I expected—not like what people said, not even like what you said. I couldn’t brace myself for it!”

    […Want me to be straight with you?]

    “Just don’t dodge me.”

    [My brother isn’t kind, isn’t polite all the time, and isn’t that considerate, for real. Even me, his little brother, gets chewed out. Hell, Phii Fah probably doesn’t even remember what I like to eat. Everything you just said… I think he’s only like that with you.]

    “Li, shut your mouth. Did the booze hit you and now you’re talking nonsense?”

    He said it even though he knew his friend wasn’t drunk. He scolded Panli because pointing out that special difference made him so embarrassed he could hardly stand it.

    [You little punk, telling me not to dodge, but you can’t handle the truth yourself.]

    “It’s not just with me. Phii Fah’s trying to change himself into a better person… I think soon he’ll be good to everyone.”

    [Did my brother tell you that?]

    “Of course… Phii Fah is trying to change himself. He even asked to get close to me, probably wanting someone to support him through the process…”

    [From everything I’ve heard and analyzing Phii Fah’s behavior as his real little brother who’s known him since we were kids… straight up, one more time?]

    “I kind of wish you’d turn a bit too, Li…”

    He heard Panli let out a loud chuckle. Theerak didn’t get what was so funny.

    [I’m not turning anywhere… My brother definitely has a thing for you.]

    “Ughhh, Li!! Are you drunk or something? How can you say stuff like this…”

    [Drunk or not, out of this world or whatever, I don’t care… Phii Fah totally likes you.]

    “I just wanted to know how he figured out what I like to eat, not hear your wild guesses, Panli, ughhh…”

    T___T, Panli was overdelivering again, as usual.

    [Oh, come on… If someone’s into you, they could even find out your underwear size, right? This stuff isn’t hard. But the real question is, how did my brother learn so much about you in just a few days without even asking me? That’s way more suspicious.]

    “How would I know what your brother’s up to? Even you don’t know…”

    [Here’s the deal: tomorrow afternoon, I’m going to your house for dinner anyway, and Phii Fah’s coming too. I’ll grill that tight-lipped guy myself. With someone like Phii Fah, you’ve got to ask him face-to-face. He’d never spill over a phone call, no matter how much I bug him.]

    “Do whatever you want, Panli. I’ll just hide in a jar in front of the house—I don’t want to deal with any of this anymore…”

    T___T… Really, he didn’t want to deal with it anymore. Ever since this whole thing started and Muenfah got involved in his life, neither his brain nor his heart had gotten a break. It was almost like being bipolar—one minute he understood, the next he didn’t. He couldn’t take it anymore…

    As soon as Theerak hung up on Panli, he flopped onto the floor, letting Moogrob climb onto his chest and lick his lips to comfort him.

    But what if what Panli said was true… what would he do then?

    Still, it was just Panli’s guess. If he wanted the truth, it had to come from Muenfah’s mouth. But Theerak thought it’d be better to stay calm and not push. He wanted to get close to Muenfah so he could support him for a long time, until he could truly change himself.

    If Panli’s hunch wasn’t true, it might make Muenfah distance himself, and then he’d lose someone to cheer him on. But if it was true, the one in trouble would be him. Theerak didn’t know how to act around someone who liked him, and his ability to encourage Muenfah would probably drop because he’d be too caught up worrying about their feelings for each other.

    Theerak decided it’d be better to let their closeness grow naturally.

    No pressing the other for answers if he wasn’t ready to share…

    He just wanted them to feel comfortable together.

    But honestly… Theerak didn’t believe Muenfah could like him.

    It seemed almost impossible that Muenfah would fall for a chubby puppy like him…

    After lulling Moogrob to sleep, Theerak finally got up to rest himself. He tossed and turned on the bed for a while, unable to sleep. How could he, when Panli’s words kept echoing in his head nonstop?

    “My brother definitely has a thing for you.”

    “Phii Fah definitely likes you.”

    “My brother totally has a thing for you.”

    “Phii Fah definitely likes you.”

    The words kept looping in his head, jolting him awake just as he was drifting off to sleep. And then a familiar deep voice chimed in at the end, snapping his eyes wide open like he’d just downed a cup of coffee.

    “Good night…”

    Theerak sighed, thinking that the Pisut siblings were like ghosts surrounding his bed, taking turns haunting him until he was too spooked to sleep.

    They’re really something, those Pisut siblings…

     

    #However Many Thousand Skies

    The little guy who thrashed around in his sleep so much that his messy hair smacked against the headboard with a loud thud. Theerak raised a hand to gently rub his head before blinking awake. He’d been a restless sleeper since he was a kid, and it was a habit he couldn’t shake. But whenever he thrashed so hard that he ended up hurting himself like this it meant a nightmare…  And the reason he’d flailed until his head hit the headboard was because…

    he was trying to escape a giant albino snake with red eyes that was

    squeezing him so tight he could barely breathe. T___T

    Theerak rubbed his face with both hands before glancing at the clock on the wall. The hands pointed to 10 a.m. For him, this was still early. Normally, he’d sleep in later since his classes were usually in the afternoon. And on Mondays, when he had no classes, he’d sleep straight through to the afternoon. But that massive albino snake in his dream had woken him up first.

    Since he was already awake, he decided to get out of bed so he wouldn’t fall back asleep. If he did, he’d probably sleep until evening, and that would throw his whole sleep schedule out of whack—day turning into night, night turning into day. It’d happened before, and getting back to normal had been a nightmare in itself.

    Theerak headed straight to the bathroom. He only washed his face and brushed his teeth before trudging downstairs without showering. He carefully descended the stairs, still half-asleep, wary of tripping over his long pajama pants. Without using both hands to hold them up, he’d easily stumble.

    Theerak’s hands tugged the pant legs up slightly as his small feet took slow steps down. Once he reached the bottom, the first thing he looked for was his dad, because he could hear his father talking to someone in the living room.

    And his dad was with…

    Muenfah.

    The tall Muenfah, wearing a white dress shirt tucked into black jeans and that favorite watch of his…

    The real, live Muenfah, in the flesh.

    … He wasn’t sure if it was because he was afraid Muenfah would see his messy, uncombed hair or if he was embarrassed about his yellow Charlie Brown-patterned pajamas, but he was ready to spin around and bolt back upstairs.

    “Fat puppy…”

    The small figure froze mid-step, nearly face-planting into the ground, because his father called him by that nickname. Right now, his cheeks felt like they were about to explode from the heat since Muenfah had seen everything—his messy bedhead, his yellow Charlie Brown pajamas, and even the nickname his family used for him. But having been called out like this, Theerak had no choice but to put on a brave face and go to his dad.

    “Heh heh, what’s up, Dad…?”

    Muenfah stared at the small figure in cartoon-patterned yellow pajamas sitting down next to his father. Theerak looked a hundred times more endearing than usual right now. Whether it was his jet-black hair sticking up in all directions or his puffy Real eyes from just waking up, he couldn’t tell.

    But one thing was for sure—he was definitely cuter and more lovable than that Charlie Brown character on his yellow pajamas.

    “You’re awake, so why haven’t you showered? Aren’t you embarrassed in front of your senior?”

    “Well… uh…” Those swollen eyes glanced at him briefly before turning back to his dad. “We agreed to eat at noon, right…? Phii Fah just came early.

    It’s not my fault…”

    “I asked Dom to call him to come early. It’s not his fault either…”

    “He came early?”

    “Yeah… I have to head back to sort out some work soon, so I won’t be here until noon. I wanted to talk to Fah first… As for the meal, your mom said she’s setting up a barbecue party in the backyard for you, since your friends are coming this afternoon, right?”

    “Yes…” Theerak didn’t care about anything else anymore. Just knowing his dad had to leave earlier than planned made his heart sink instantly. This time his dad came back, they hadn’t even gone to see the new movie that just hit the theaters together. “What time are you leaving, Dad?”

    “Soon, so I won’t get there too late.”

    “…”

    “Don’t sulk, you chubby little pup. If I’m free next week, I’ll hurry back.”

    “Okay…”

    “Come let Dad kiss your head…”

    “Right here, same spot, Dad…”

    Muenfah furrowed his brows slightly as he watched the small figure point to the top of his head before his father pressed his nose down and kissed it with a loud smack. The scene was eerily similar to when Theerak got drunk and begged him to do the same, no difference at all. Feels good.”

    “Didn’t you kiss Phii Babe’s head first before coming to me…? Did you secretly go love your daughter a bunch more or what?”

    And that question from the small figure made Muenfah certain that on that drunken night when Theerak begged for a head kiss, he must’ve thought Muenfah was his dad. The reason Theerak had whined and caught that he didn’t kiss properly was because the sensation he was used to was firm and distinct. And the fact that he could point to the exact spot on his head was probably from habit. As for the tantrum about loving his sister more than him…

    It was all because he did this with his dad regularly, huh?

    “Such a jealous little thing, this kid…”

    “With just one dad, it’s only natural to be protective.” Theerak grinned and laughed before his eyes flicked to a childhood photo album lying on the coffee table in front of Muenfah.

    Suddenly, his throat went dry at the sight of that thick album. He didn’t want to imagine that Muenfah had already flipped through all the pictures inside. Just the first page of the album was enough to make Theerak so embarrassed he wanted to crawl into the ground.

    Because the first page had a picture…

    “You were so chubby as a kid, huh?”

    There were several photos of a chubby, naked toddler.

    “Uh, Phii Fah!!”

    Muenfah gave a faint smile before raising an eyebrow at him. “Yes?”

    “…Uh, Dad!” Theerak, flustered and at a loss, stammered as he called for his father to confirm that what he was thinking wasn’t true—that Muenfah was just teasing him.

    “Why are you making a fuss, Rak? Grandpa saw that Fah had been waiting for me for a while, so he brought out your baby photos for him to look at.”

    T___T, It’s always like this. Grandpa… Every time someone comes over, he loves showing off those naked baby pictures of me. Truthfully, those photos are just on the first three pages; the rest are normal vacation pictures. He understood Grandpa’s intentions—Grandpa just wanted to brag about how cute he was as a kid.

    But this time, Grandpa showed them to the wrong person…

    “…”

    “Then you two chat for a bit. I’ll go ask Mom about setting up the party for us this afternoon.”

    “Yes…”

    It was Muenfah who responded to his father. Theerak sat silently, staring at his childhood photo album. He quickly grabbed it and hugged it tightly before glaring at the tall figure sitting there with a faint smile.

    “Phii Fah… you shouldn’t look at this.”

    “Well, the owner of this album was too lazy, drooling in his sleep upstairs, so I had plenty of time to look through it all.”

    “You—Just you wait! One day I’ll go to your place, Phii Fah, and I’ll look through all your photos too!”

    “The photo album isn’t at my house—it’s at my condo…”

    Whatever, I’ll search everywhere!” If they were really going to get close, Muenfah shouldn’t tease him about these naked childhood pics.

    “I like the first three pages… pretty revealing.” After saying that, Muenfah let out a pleased chuckle in his throat. “Phii Fah!!!!!!!”

    “Yes, what’s up, you naughty kid?”

    “I’m not talking to you anymore, Phii Fah!”

    “Sorry, I won’t tease you anymore.”

    “If you keep bringing this up to make fun of me, I’ll cancel our whole

    ‘getting close’ thing!”

    “I’m never scared of other threats… but this one? Terrifies me.”

    Theerak furrowed his brows even tighter, wondering if Muenfah was genuinely scared like he said. If he was, that smile on his face would’ve faded by now from worry.

    But no… there’s a new kind of smile showing up.

    A sly, cunning smile!!

    After delivering his ultimatum to Muenfah, Theerak scooped up the photo album and hid it in his bedroom. Then he showered and hurried downstairs to see his dad off to the countryside. Before leaving, his dad instructed him to stay and keep Muenfah company, not to go anywhere until all their friends arrived. He was to be a good host and make sure Muenfah was well taken care of, with nothing lacking.

    Theerak followed his father’s instructions. He sat in the living room without saying a word to Muenfah, fearing he’d be teased again about the childhood nude photo. However, it wasn’t long before his mother told him to go buy supplies for a barbecue party. There were some additional items they needed, but the family driver, Phii Dom, had taken Phii Babe to buy a sleeping mat for their dog Moogrob

    As a result, Theerak ended up sulking in the passenger seat of Muenfah’s black Benz sports car. Naturally, the person beside him was the car’s owner, who had secretly seen his nude photo.

    “I just skimmed through it, you know. No need to be embarrassed…”

    “Phii Fah, how about you show me a photo of yourself naked for a change!”

    “When I was grown up or when I was a kid?”

    Theerak’s eyes widened. He had never encountered someone so shamelessly perverted. The speaker showed no sign of embarrassment, while the listener—himself—felt his face heat up until his cheeks nearly exploded.

    “P-Pervert!”

    Muenfah smirked while keeping his eyes on the road. “No need to be shy. I have seen everything of you… both as a kid and as an adult.”

    “Don’t make things up, Phii Fah! When did you see me as a naked adult?”

    The car gradually slowed as the traffic light turned from amber to red. Once the car came to a complete stop, Muenfah turned to look at the smaller figure, whose cheeks were now faintly red.

    “When you were drunk, of course. When Babe asked me to help change the clothes of a certain stubborn someone…”

    “…”

    T___T I shouldn’t have asked. That answer hit me like a slap in the face.

    “So I saw…”

    Enough! Stop it, Phii Fah…”

    Muenfah chuckled when he saw the other raise a hand to stop him. He really had seen everything, and to him, it was no big deal. What he had, Theerak had too—perhaps differing slightly in size. But the smaller guy was so embarrassed his face turned red and black, clearly showing his discomfort with vulgar topics. This was unlike other guys, who often used crude language to liven up conversations.

    It wasn’t just this that made Theerak stand out. To him, Theerak genuinely seemed different from others. Because when Theerak…

    Woke up-Got annoyed-Felt embarrassed. In those different moments Theerak was insanely cute…

    But the insanely cute person refused to even glance at him, probably because he was still embarrassed. Muenfah decided to come up with a question to keep the conversation going with the stubborn kid. However, since he wasn’t much of a talker, the topic he chose was inevitably something that had left a lasting impression on him.

    “Rak, do you like Charlie Brown?”

    “Yes… I like him a lot.”

    When the topic of favorite cartoons came up, he quickly turned to talk with enthusiasm, as if he had never been angry or shy before. Though there was still a hint of wariness in his eyes, it was probably because he really wanted to brag about his favorite cartoon character, enough to cast aside everything just to chat with him.

    “Why do you like it? Is this cartoon fun?”

    “No, it’s not that fun, but it has more of a love story in life. When I was a kid, I really wanted to have a dog, but my mom wouldn’t let me. I was so sad about it. Then my grandpa bought me a Snoopy doll and told me, ‘This is your dog, Rak. Take care of it for now. When you’re older, we’ll get you a real dog.’ So I went looking for this cartoon to watch. After watching it, I really liked Charlie Brown’s personality, and I’ve loved it ever since.”

    “Oh…”

    “I like it so much that if I had to choose between crispy pork basil with a fried egg and Charlie Brown, I’d pick Charlie Brown.”

    “That much, huh, you little troublemaker?” Muenfah asked, laughing lightly with affection.

    Theerak had told himself he wouldn’t let his heart flutter for Muenfah anymore, and this morning he had succeeded… for quite a while. But now, his resolve broke, and he couldn’t hold back. His heart raced again, all because of Muenfah’s cute words.

    Where does he get them from?

    Can I buy that stockpile of cute vocabulary from Muenfah?

    I’d even sell my Charlie Brown collection and use the money to buy it all, so he wouldn’t have any left to use. Then my heart wouldn’t keep racing like this. 

    “Well, yeah, that much, Phii Fah… Don’t you like any cartoon characters?”

    “I like Marvel stuff, but I’m not that into it.”

    “I like it too. I like Captain America. What about you, Phii Fah?”

    “I like Iron Man.”

    “Do you collect anything related to Iron Man, like shirts or pajamas or something?”

     

     

    Even though his heart was still fluttering a bit, he still wanted to keep talking to Muenfah. He could see Muenfah’s effort to keep the conversation going. At the very least, Muenfah made him feel that the encouragement he’d given wasn’t wasted. Muenfah traded that encouragement for courage— courage to ask others first, courage to talk more.

    Good job, keep it up, Phii Fah!

    As for the heart-fluttering, I’ll deal with it myself. It’s a bit tough, but I’m okay.

    “I have some figures, but no shirts. Definitely no pajamas.”

    “Why not?” Theerak started wondering if he was the only one obsessed with collecting.

    “Normally, I only wears button-up shirts. Marvel stuff is mostly T-shirts, so

    I don’t buy them to keep.”

    “Oh… That makes sense.”

    “But even if there were pajamas, I wouldn’t buy them…”

    “Huh? Why not?”

    “Because when I sleep, I don’t wear a shirt…”

    “…”

    Theerak didn’t know how to respond. He could only lower his eyes to look at his small belly, thinking that since he was born, he had never slept without a shirt. Perhaps he did when he was very young and couldn’t remember, but as he grew older and became more aware, as far as he could recall, his life had been filled with cartoon-patterned pajamas… and he still liked wearing them to bed even now.

    He didn’t dare sleep without a shirt. He was afraid that if he woke up in the middle of the night to use the bathroom, he’d be startled by his little belly in the mirror. Plus, it was too cold for that anyway.

    “Aren’t you afraid of getting sick or something?”

    “I get hot easily… just wearing a single pair of sweatpants is enough.”

    “Then you should cover up with a blanket too, or you might catch a cold.”

    “Up to my neck, you mean?”

    “Something like that.”

    “…”

    Because Muenfah smiled faintly, Theerak’s heart started to race. He quickly turned his gaze out the window, wondering if the traffic light at this intersection was broken. It hadn’t turned green yet, and the traffic jam was dragging on. For him, being stuck in traffic for too long wasn’t good at all. The longer they were stuck… the harder his heart pounded.

    But then, a small boy selling garlands while the cars were stopped at the red light caught Theerak’s attention. He hurriedly pulled out his wallet and, without asking Muenfah’s permission, rolled down the window. Theerak reached out and waved to the little boy, whose head was barely visible above the side mirror, calling him over.

    “I want one garland, the rose one. How much, little guy?”

    “Twenty baht.”

    “I will give you fifty. Keep the change… It’s a bit hot out there, so hang in there, okay?”

    Theerak took a plastic bag containing the garland from the boy and even glanced at the small boy through the rearview mirror. Once he saw the boy walk far enough away, he rolled the window back up.

    Theerak always liked buying things from children, the elderly, or disabled people who worked to support themselves. He saw it as a way of helping fellow human beings in his own small way. Though the money he gave wasn’t enough to lift them out of hardship, at least he was able to help a little. Theerak had once thought that if he got a good job and saved up a lot of money, he’d help even more.

    For now, he’d do what he could as a university student…

    But once the window was fully closed and he held the garland in his hand, he suddenly remembered that there was someone sitting next to him— someone he wasn’t very close to yet. Theerak’s eyes slowly shifted to glance at the tall figure who was staring back at him.

    “Did you buy it to offer to the Buddha at home?”

    Truthfully, he bought it without any real reason, just because he couldn’t resist wanting to help the little boy. Theerak thought that in this hot weather, if he waited to take it home to offer to the Buddha, the garland would probably wilt first. Then an idea popped into his head, and he flashed a wide smile at Muenfah. “I bought it to offer to the car’s guardian spirit of your car. I’ve ridden in your car several times now, and it’s always been safe… I thought it’d be good to make an offering to her. She’ll protect you too, right?”

    …He wasn’t sure if the owner of this multimillion-baht car, who was currently keeping a straight face, would allow a fifty-baht garland to stay in it. But Theerak quickly picked up the jasmine-scented garland and placed it on the car’s dashboard.

    “…” Muenfah didn’t say anything. He glanced at the garland before reaching out to adjust it slightly. “You better to place it here. If I brake suddenly, it won’t fall.”

    “Yes, yes,” Theerak nodded vigorously in agreement with Muenfah.

    “You naughty one, you bought a garland for the car’s spirit lady already. Next time, buy some flowers for me too, okay? Because I also drive you everywhere safely.”

    Theerak genuinely didn’t understand. Muenfah was even jealous of the car’s spirit lady, but Muenfah’s request made his heart start racing again. Theerak thought that by the time they reached the mall, he might need to ask Muenfah to drop him off at the hospital for a bit.

    One moment his heart was fluttering, the next his face felt hot and flushed, then everything felt chaotic.

    He wanted a doctor to prescribe something to suppress these symptoms.

    … Otherwise, he might end up dying young for sure.

    Muenfah was relentless, truly skilled—especially at making others’ hearts race.

    #However Many Thousand Skies

    TBC

     

    YOURSKY CHAPTERS HOME

  • YOURSKY, Chapter 6

    YOURSKY, Chapter 6

       YOURSKY, Chapter 6 

    “Not tasty?”

    “Oh, no, it’s delicious.”

    Theerak quickly scooped a big piece of crispy pork into his mouth after answering Muenfah. Once the asker saw that he’d stopped staring at the ketchup bowl, he turned his attention back to his own large bowl of rice porridge as usual. This bowl of ketchup wasn’t anything special compared to others. Its taste was nearly identical across almost every brand, and the ketchup at Muenfah’s restaurant was no different from the red bottle sitting in his kitchen at home.

    The color, taste, and smell were truly indistinguishable. But what made him unable to take his eyes off it was the fact that Muenfah had ordered it. Theerak thought back to when Muenfah placed the order for him. It was Muenfah who had specifically instructed the staff to bring this ketchup bowl too. At the time, he hadn’t paid much attention because he was too worried about whether Muenfah might be annoyed that he’d smiled at the waitress.

    But now that he thought about it… it seemed a bit too coincidental.

    There must be millions of people in the world who like eating omelets with ketchup, and he was one of them. It probably wasn’t strange that Muenfah had ordered it, since plenty of people enjoy it this way. And among the many people who’d come into Muenfah’s life, some might have eaten omelets with ketchup so often that it became a familiar sight—enough for Muenfah to always order the two together.

    Muenfah must have seen someone eat omelets with ketchup regularly, right…?

    Theerak was using his spoon to cut the omelet into bite-sized pieces when another spoon—lightly tipped with ketchup—touched his omelet. The owner of the crispy pork basil dish frowned slightly. It wasn’t because his plate had been invaded, but because something else had crossed his mind again.

    “How about an omelet too?”

    This omelet had been Muenfah’s suggestion too…

    Crispy pork basil with an omelet—that was his absolute favorite dish.

    A fried egg would do too, but it’d instantly be knocked off his favorites list.

    “Is the oil too greasy?”

    And if it was going to be a true favorite, it couldn’t be too oily.

    “No, it’s not. It’s perfect—everything’s just right.” Too perfect, in fact, that it didn’t feel like a coincidence that Muenfah knew this much.

    “Want some ice cream after the meal? Dom told me that you like ice cream.”

    So that’s it—his favorite menu had leaked from Phii Dom. He’d gotten way ahead of himself thinking Muenfah had secretly dug into his preferences. Looks like he really was falling into the narcissism trap that Phii Babe had warned him about lately.

    “Sure, you’re footing the bill, right?”

    “You can hold onto my wallet if you want.”

    Theerak grinned widely, his almond-shaped eyes squinting until his black irises were barely visible. His faintly flushed cheeks bunched up into round puffs because he was smiling even broader now. “It’s a treat in your style, right?”

    Muenfah nodded before saying, “Chocolate flavor, okay?”

    The one being asked nodded enthusiastically, thinking to himself that Phii Dom was incredibly detail-oriented, even specifying his favorite ice cream flavor. “Two scoops, Phii Fah.”

    “Is that enough?”

    “If it’s not, I’ll ask for more later.”

    “What if I don’t give you more?”

    “Then I’ll do this…” As soon as he finished speaking, both of his slender hands stretched out in front of him. Theerak opened his palms like a child begging for candy from an adult, flashing a wide smile—the kind that often melted the hearts of many—toward Muenfah.

    Theerak hadn’t expected that his clingy nature, which he usually used with family and friends in the group, would come back to make his own heart race. And the reason it did was none other than Muenfah. The man bit his lip, looking mildly annoyed, before reaching out to lightly tap Theerak’s hands.

    “Flirting with everyone…”

    And Muenfah’s deep voice lingered in his heart the whole time.

    Theerak quickly pulled his hands back as soon as he snapped out of it, coughing awkwardly to cover his embarrassment. Whatever he did now felt so clumsy and unnatural. His eyes darted around everywhere until they landed on the omelet smeared with red sauce—thanks to Muenfah having dabbed it on earlier.

    Sigh ~ There’s really no escaping it, is there? Muenfah is everywhere, even on his omelet. T___T

    “Rak, I have to step out to handle some things first. It’s almost time to open the shop.”

    Theerak looked up at Muenfah and replied, “Y-Yes.”

    “Can you stay here alone?”

    “Yes, Phii Fah, go do your work.”

    “I’ll have one of the staff bring the ice cream to you, okay?”

    “Yes.”

    The tall man stood up, slipping his phone and wallet into his back pocket. He didn’t forget to grab his white cigarette pack either. Theerak sat there watching him get ready, thinking that Muenfah seemed far more mature than his age suggested. He must have a good sense of discipline and responsibility too—when it was time, he was ready to take on his duties without hesitation. Even though Muenfah could easily delegate tasks to a manager or someone else, give orders, and then slip away to relax, he didn’t. The man in front of him wasn’t like that.

    Muenfah flashed that smile at him again— A smile like the morning sunlight.

    Then Muenfah walked toward the door.

    “…”

    And he was crazy enough…

    “Phii Fah!”

    Crazy enough to say something.

    “Yes?”

    Theerak couldn’t help but smile when he saw Muenfah’s puzzled expression. Whenever the other showed anything besides his usual blank, emotionless face, Theerak genuinely wanted to snap a photo to brag to others.

    Though everyone else would probably just think he’s handsome as always.

    But for Theerak… when he made a face like this—

    “Susuna, Phii Fah! Like the sound of the sea, shoo~ shoo~”

    Muenfah was ridiculously cute,

    “Heh.”

    And insanely cute when he let out a laugh.

    Even if it was just a soft chuckle in his throat, not the loud laughter Theerak usually let out, it still made Theerak feel amazing. He was just a chubby pup to his family and a chubby-cheeked friend to his crew, yet he could make everyone’s Muenfah laugh like this.

    Pretty cool, right?

    Yeah… super cool.

    But his internal self-praise came to a halt when the one he’d just cheered on so enthusiastically shifted his focus from the big glass door to him instead.

    Theerak blinked rapidly, tilting his head up to look at the tall figure who’d stopped right in front of him. The angle of their eye contact turned Muenfah’s gaze into premium fuel, igniting a blaze across Theerak’s round cheeks. The heat from his cheeks spread through his entire body in mere seconds.

    And since Muenfah was the fuel, there was no way he could help him.

    He could only burn Theerak alive with those eyes, melting him completely.

    “Uh, Phii Fah… aren’t you going to wor—work?”

    “I am…”

    That face he’d just called ridiculously cute—

    “…”

    “But I stopped by for a little more encouragement…”

    —leaned down toward him…

    “Su-susuna, Phii Fah…”

    “Thanks…”

    And that sharp nose nearly brushed against his “stinky” head.

    “…”

    “If I faint and can’t work, it’d probably be because of this naughty kid’s stinky head…”

    If someone asked what kind of person Muenfah was, Theerak wouldn’t hesitate to answer that he’s a terrible guy. Because he loved teasing him until his stomach churned, making him so flustered he lost his senses, then walking away without taking any responsibility—like right now.

    The big glass door was shut by the tall figure who’d nearly become a murderer. That look and those actions from Muenfah just now could’ve killed him outright. But Muenfah probably spared him because he didn’t want to end up in jail with no one to run the shop.

    T___T The most ruthless one is everyone’s Muenfah, no doubt.

     

    #However Many Thousand Skies

    The small person sitting alone in the glass-walled room was starting to feel a bit lonely. Theerak pressed his face against the dark brown wooden table, which the staff had already cleared of dishes and cleaned. The black phone in front of him was being spun idly by his slender hand like a compass. It was useless now since everyone he wanted to talk to was busy with personal matters. Panli was at a high school friend’s birthday party after delivering something to his aunt. Type was taking his mom to the doctor. Joy was on a date with an engineering guy. Even his sister and her boyfriend had hurriedly hung up on him because they were dealing with their puppy. Going out to wander around didn’t seem right either. Theerak wasn’t much of a social media person—playing with his phone for a bit was enough to bore him.

    That’s why he let out his hundredth sigh to shake off the boredom. His slender hand pressed the lock button to check the time again, and he sighed once more when he realized it was fifteen minutes to 8 p.m., yet his sister still hadn’t arrived. She’d said traffic was really bad too.

    And ever since Muenfah stepped out to work, the hardworking shop owner hadn’t come back to check on him. He’d walked past several times, and Theerak admitted to himself that he kept craning his neck to watch Muenfah, even flashing a smile when the tall figure stood with his back turned far away.

    After all, Muenfah was the only person he knew in the whole shop…

    …If he wasn’t waiting for Muenfah, who else would he wait for?

    But Muenfah was so busy—busy like a spider spinning its web—and hadn’t come to see him at all

    Creak!

    The sound of the door jolted the lonely figure, who’d been slumped over the table, to quickly lift his head. But the person who’d just entered wasn’t Muenfah, and Theerak didn’t recognize this man. He guessed he wasn’t a customer, though, because the guy opened the door with confidence and even gave him a friendly smile.

    “My name’s Real, Fah’s business partner.”

    “Oh, uh, so you’re Real…”

    “That’s right.”

    Theerak responded with a smile. He didn’t hold anything against Real anymore after Muenfah explained everything. Greeting someone he was meeting for the first time with a smile seemed like the best approach.

    “Phii Fah isn’t in here. He’s out working over there…”

    Real glanced at the thin lips that pouted toward the restaurant owner, who was smoking far off in the distance. He couldn’t help but smile at the endearing behavior of this kid. Instead of pointing with his finger, Theerak pouted his lips toward his friend and even furrowed his brows slightly while looking at Muenfah.

    What was this vibe? Was Fah being sulked at by this kid?

    “I’m not here for Fah. I came to see you.” Real said as he sat down across from him.

    Men didn’t quite fit the description of “small” all that well. Even if they were small, they were still bigger than women. Real was one of those who couldn’t picture a guy being called “the little one.” He didn’t know how slim or delicate that kind of smallness would be—or if it was almost feminine.

    Usually, “small” was a term reserved for women.

    But seeing Theerak made him understand what a “small” guy could be like. He had a petite, compact frame that seemed easy to carry around. Judging by eye, Theerak was probably a little over 170 cm—maybe not even 173 cm. His arms, legs, and torso were all small, giving him a body structure noticeably slighter than the average man’s. Not quite as small as a woman’s, just a tad bigger.

    But for a guy… he’s still pretty small, huh?

    … Even though he’s small, there’s one thing that’s disproportionately big— his chubby, chubby-cheeks that constantly draw attention. Theerak has a slim face, but somehow he’s got these full cheeks.

    It makes him look like a little guy who’s just begging to have his cheeks squished until they deflate…

    “Phii Real, do you have something you want with me?”

    “I wanted to come apologize for what I said that day about…”

    “I already know everything. Phii Fah told me all about it. Phii Real, you don’t have to overthink it anymore. I’m not mad at you.”

    “Thanks, you little guy, for understanding me…”

    Theerak gave a faint smile to welcome his new nickname. Fat puppy, chubby-cheeks, and now “little guy”—everyone kept giving him these adorable labels. Sometimes, Theerak wished he’d get a cooler nickname for once, like… Theerak the Handsome, Theerak the Cool, or even Rak, the Eternally Stylish.

    He wanted something like that for a change! T___T

    But still…

    “It’s fine, I understand…”

    “How long have you been here?”

    “Since the evening. My sister dropped me off, but she’ll probably come pick me up soon.”

    “Poor thing, abandoned by your sister and then ditched by Fah too…”

    “Yeah, and soon you gonna abandon me too.”

    “Rak… if you say it like that, why don’t you just come home with me?”

    Theerak burst out laughing, his mouth wide open, because Phii Real said it with a jokingly exaggerated expression. But the person who’d just walked in with a calm, blank face made him snap his mouth shut instantly. “Phii Fah…”

    “Go back to your dad’s house, you damn Real…”

    “Fah, you bastard!”

    “Why the hell are you so startled…”

    Muenfah walked over and sat next to the little guy, since his original spot had already been taken by his close friend. For the first time in years, Theerak felt annoyed by Real’s panicked expression.

    “When did you get here? I just saw you smoking outside a minute ago…”

    “What, am I supposed to smoke all day and night or something?”

    The faint scent of mint mixed with a light cologne wafted past his nose every time the person beside him moved. From observing Muenfah the whole time he’d been here, Theerak figured Muenfah was a pretty heavy smoker. But strangely, his body didn’t reek of cigarettes. It didn’t sting his nose like when Type sat next to him right after smoking. That must be because Muenfah wore cologne, which toned it down a bit.

    He didn’t know what cologne it was… but it smelled amazing.

    He only really noticed it clearly just now.

    But if he got any closer, he wouldn’t be able to smell it… because he’d probably die first.

    “I didn’t say you smoke all day and night ~ Just surprised at when you showed up.”

    “I showed up when you were about to invite Rak to go home with you.”

    “I was kidding. Who’d dare take the kid home…?”

    “If you did, you’d get a kick from me.”

    “Even a best friend like me can’t take him home, so who could?”

    “Me.”

    Muenfah’s words were short, concise, and clear, but to Real, they felt incredibly vague. The phrase “Me” from his close friend could be interpreted in many ways. But knowing Muenfah’s personality “Me” probably meant, “Mine, don’t mess with him.”

    But judging by the way Muenfah’s gaze shifted from him to the smaller guy, that phrase could take on another meaning:

    “Me” probably meant…

    “How was it? While you was gone, how many scoops of ice cream did he ask the staff for?”

    “Only I’ll be the one in his eyes.”

    “I only ate those two scoops, that’s it. Otherwise, if your restaurant goes broke, you’ll blame me again.”

    And the smile Muenfah gave right now truly carried that meaning.

    Real sat watching his close friend, whose behavior was noticeably different from usual—and in a good way. Muenfah seemed gentler, more attentive, and was making more effort. Real knew well that what his friend was trying to do wasn’t easy at all.

    A quiet guy trying to ask questions first, a stoic guy trying to smile wider, a guy who usually didn’t care about others but was trying to show he did. This Fah was trying to be a better person for this kid, huh…

    Real didn’t know exactly what his friend was thinking or feeling, but relying on their close friendship and his decent understanding of Muenfah’s character, he guessed that Theerak must mean quite a bit to him. Still, to be more certain, Real wanted to test it a little further.

    “Hey, Fah, you left the kid sitting here all alone and bored. If I hadn’t happened to see him and stopped by, Rak would still be sitting here with his chubby-cheeks drooping onto the table.”

    Muenfah furrowed his brows slightly while staring at him before turning to the person beside him, who was now blinking rapidly. “Were you so bored your cheeks drooped onto the table?”

    “I was a little bored, that’s true, but the part about my cheeks drooping onto the table—Phii Real exaggerated a bit…”

    “Hey, when I came in, I saw you with your face pressed against the table, cheeks all piled up on it!”

    “How bored were you? As much as your cheeks?” Muenfah asked.

    Real pressed his lips together, trying to hold back a smile. Though he rarely heard questions like this from his friend, it didn’t feel funny that his friend was speaking this way. Real just felt it was so gentle it didn’t seem like something Muenfah would say. He was just a listener, not even the one being asked, and yet his heart swelled this much. Real really wanted to know how Theerak felt being asked such cute words by Muenfah.

    “If it was as much as my cheeks, that’d be too much. No, not that much— just a little, really.”

    And perhaps because the smaller guy was afraid Muenfah wouldn’t believe him, he raised one hand to gesture, showing he was only slightly bored. Real couldn’t help but smile when he saw Theerak bring his thumb and index finger close together, almost touching, as if to emphasize, “Just a little, really, okay?”

    Muenfah was still the same person who rarely smiled—something Real knew well as normal. But what wasn’t normal, and confirmed Real’s suspicions, was how his friend had started smiling more often because of this kid. Like right now, Muenfah had a faint smile while watching the small figure make cute gestures.

    At this moment, Real realized that the one who’d claim this vast sky called Fah didn’t have to be a woman—it could be anyone who could bring color to the dark, starless expanse of the sky, more vibrant than ever before.

    Someone who could spark a smile across that sky.

    And he hoped Theerak would truly be that person.

    Theerak held his pose, not because he feared Muenfah wouldn’t believe him, but because that gesture managed to coax another smile from him. He didn’t know when it started—maybe when Muenfah gave him the remaining forty-five minutes, or just three seconds ago. But whenever it was… Theerak realized he wanted to make Muenfah smile more often.

    And Theerak didn’t know if Muenfah noticed how much he loved making his heart race. Like right now, when Muenfah grabbed his hand, held it, placed it on his lap, and then switched to interlocking their fingers.

    “I’m not going anywhere…” Muenfah said to him before turning to Real. “You go handle the restaurant for me. And if that guy Tim asks about carrying the cake again, tell him I’m sticking to my answer—no way. I’m also not joining his ex’s birthday party. I’ll stay here with Rak, so he doesn’t feel as lonely as his chubby-cheeks.”

    Real smirked. “Alright, I’ll deal with your friend. You stay with Rak.”

    Theerak wanted to stop Real and keep him there. Right now, he didn’t want to be alone with Muenfah—just the two of them. He’d rather feel as lonely as his chubby-cheeks than sit holding hands to chase away the loneliness. But Real seemed eager to leave, perhaps feeling awkward about Muenfah’s actions. He stood up and walked out without even glancing back at Theerak or Muenfah.

    Now, in the glass-walled room, it was just him and Muenfah. Theerak wanted to reclaim his hand, but he didn’t even dare look at Muenfah’s face. He stole a glance at the other, who was now picking up his phone to tap at something. Muenfah did everything with one hand.

    Yes… he wouldn’t let go of Theerak’s hand at all.

    “Feeling less lonely yet?”

    “Not lonely anymore, Phii Fah. You can let go of my hand now.”

    Muenfah turned to meet his eyes, giving a faint smile before returning his attention to his phone. But what followed wasn’t freedom for Theerak. Instead, the broad hand invaded further, sliding fingers to interlock with his own. As Muenfah tightened his grip, the warmth from his palm transferred to Theerak’s body, making him feel hot all over.

    Beyond the unbearable heat coursing through him, something was stirring in his stomach. It must’ve been winged creatures—beautiful, colorful ones. When they spread their wings and fluttered around inside, Theerak felt a mix of lightness and a hollow swoop. It was a sensation he couldn’t explain, and he figured there must be enough of them to make him feel this flustered.

    Before he could start feeling even stranger about himself, Theerak decided to muster the strength to pull his hand free from the other’s grasp. But his effort was too weak, and Muenfah didn’t even notice the attempt to reclaim it. Everything stayed the same… his hand was still held captive by Muenfah. “Can I trick you into letting me hold it a bit longer?”

    “…”

    T___T Trick me? Was there really someone like this? If he said no, wouldn’t that be too harsh on Muenfah?

    Right now, even a thousand butterflies couldn’t stir him up as much as that single sentence from Muenfah. Theerak sat still, silently questioning himself over and over, trying to figure out why Muenfah had such an influence on his emotions. He knew he wouldn’t get an answer anytime soon, but at the very least, he recognized that Muenfah was different from others.

    The buzzing vibration from his black phone made Theerak glance back at Muenfah again. He looked between his buzzing phone, signaling a notification, and the hand that had been stolen from him. Though he didn’t take his eyes off his phone screen, it seemed Muenfah understood what he was trying to convey, prompting him to say something.

    “Use your other hand to pick up the phone instead. I still want to hold this one.”

    “But I’m not good with my other hand, Phii Fah. Can’t you let go for a sec? I’ll give it back after the call.”

    It’s his hand, T___T! Why did he have to “give it back” to Muenfah?! But he had to say it to get the other to let go first.

    “…You’ll give it back, right?”

    Oh no… Phii Fah, seriously! How could this poker-faced guy just claim someone else’s hand as his own?!

    The moment Muenfah finally released his hand, Theerak quickly grabbed his phone to answer the call. The name on the screen told him that soon he’d be saved from this heart-attack-inducing situation. “Phii Babe, where are you? You’re here, right?”

    [I am coming there. I was going to call and ask you to get Fah to drop you home.]

    “Huh!!”

    [Traffic’s really bad, Rak. I even took a shortcut, but it doesn’t pass Fah’s restaurant. If I go pick you up, I’d have to backtrack a lot. I was going to, but the traffic’s insane. Otherwise, I wouldn’t get home until midnight.]

    “No way, I… I’d feel bad for him.”

    [Then let me talk to Fah.]

    “Phii Babe…” Theerak called his sister’s name weakly, already guessing she’d step in to convince Muenfah.

    [Put Fah on the line, Rak.]

    Theerak sighed before handing the phone to the person beside him. Muenfah took it and spoke effortlessly, not asking a single question. He listened to the conversation between his sister and Muenfah for a moment, then Muenfah handed the phone back. His sister had already hung up— without even bothering to check if he was okay with it.

    “Let’s head back. I will drop you off.”

    “Honestly, I can get back on my own.”

    “I know, but it’s better if I take you.”

    “Did Phii Babe force you, Phii Fah…? She’s always worrying too much.”

    “No one can force me to do anything. I dropped you off because I wanted to.”

    “…”

    Muenfah stood up to his full height and extended his hand toward the other. “Give me your hand back, please. I’m not using it for anything anymore…”

    Did Muenfah secretly know his “fat puppy” nickname or something? Asking for his hand like he was a little pup. And if he refused to give it back to the tall guy, Theerak would end up looking like someone who didn’t keep his word. So, reluctantly, he handed his hand over to Muenfah.

    The two of them walked out of the glass-walled room toward the parking lot, as Muenfah had suggested. Along the way, several pairs of eyes turned to watch them, but Theerak couldn’t tell how many because he was too nervous to look up and kept his head down. All he could see were Muenfah’s Vans shoes, deliberately taking short steps when he could’ve easily strode longer and faster.

    “Walk carefully, okay? I will take it slow.”

    That familiar low voice made him lift his head to look.

    “Y-Yes.”

    Theerak only then realized why the tall guy was choosing to walk so slowly.

    Why did Muenfah have to be this considerate…?

    Now, instead of staring at the ground, Theerak shifted his gaze to the broad back of the tall figure in front of him. Muenfah made him feel safer. No matter what problem came up, Muenfah would always be there to help him.

    The tall restaurant owner led him to the parking lot, maintaining a steady pace—not too fast, not too slow. But suddenly, Muenfah slowed down and came to a complete stop. Theerak didn’t know what caused it because he couldn’t see ahead—Muenfah’s frame blocked everything. The hand that had been held earlier was released, and this sudden change piqued Theerak’s curiosity. He leaned forward to peek ahead.

    He saw a tall, strikingly beautiful woman—so beautiful that he thought plenty of people could fall for her in just a few minutes of seeing her. She smiled at Muenfah, and the tall guy beside him smiled back, but it was a faint smile, not the morning-sunlight kind that Theerak liked so much.

    “Rak, I need to handle some business for a moment. Go wait at the car first, okay?” Muenfah said as he handed him the car keys. Theerak nodded and took them, guessing that Muenfah wanted to talk to the woman privately without him around.

    Theerak started walking away toward the black Benz sports car parked not too far off, but that familiar deep voice stopped him in his tracks.

    “Rak…”

    “Yes?” Theerak turned to look at the tall figure. A large hand reached out and gently ruffled his hair, and then that smile—the one like morning sunlight—appeared on Muenfah’s otherwise calm face.

    “Just a sec, okay? I’ll catch up with you soon.”

    “Yes.”

    Theerak nodded eagerly before walking over to get into the car. He placed the car keys on the driver’s seat, waiting for Muenfah to take care of everything himself. Theerak didn’t dare touch this fancy car, and since he wasn’t doing much with it, he let his eyes wander around to find a good spot to rest his gaze while waiting for Muenfah. He didn’t mean to eavesdrop on the two of them talking, but since Muenfah and that woman were standing right in front of him, not too far away, it was hard to avoid.

    Muenfah chatted with the woman in a familiar, friendly manner, smiling and laughing as if they knew each other well. But soon, Muenfah waved goodbye to her and walked straight to the car. Once the owner settled into the driver’s seat, he started the engine and drove away from the shop. On the way, the two of us conversed through silence. The atmosphere was noticeably different from before, and Theerak couldn’t figure out what this vague feeling and mood were about. Once again, he couldn’t find an answer for himself.

    But all his thoughts came to a halt when the car owner took one hand off the steering wheel and turned on some soft background music. Theerak guessed Muenfah was trying to chase away the silence, but something unexpected happened again—Muenfah casually grabbed his hand and held it, just like before.

    “Every time, you don’t use this hand for anything. You should return it to me, okay?”

    “This is my hand, Phii Fah…”

    “Didn’t you give it to me already? You said you’d return it.”

    “Why does you like holding other people’s hands so much?” Theerak frowned in confusion, trying to pull his hand back, but it was held firm. Then Muenfah intertwined all five of his fingers tightly with Theerak’s palm once more.

    “If you were someone else, I wouldn’t touch them.”

    “…”

    “I want us to get close. Can you get close to me?”

    Muenfah’s question made his heart tremble like crazy. Theerak had only ever been asked to be someone’s boyfriend or friend—he’d never been asked to “get close” before. Becoming close with someone comes from building a good relationship and learning about each other. It’s not something you can just request—it requires consistent effort and care toward the other person.

    “To get close, you have to make it feel real, right, Phii Fah? It’s not just about asking permission and then it happens.”

    “This is the first time I have asked to get close to someone first. I don’t really know how to make it happen. What do I need to do? Can you give me some advice?”

    “Aw, Phii Fah, I’m not an expert at this either…” Not really, though— before he knew it, he’d already gotten close to everyone naturally. Like with his friends in the group, they just became close on their own without needing any specific methods like Muenfah was asking for. “Maybe it’s about talking a lot, being together all the time? When I first met Li, we weren’t close either. But after studying together every day and talking about everything, we ended up getting close. Honestly, I don’t know what ‘being close’ means to everyone else, but for me, it’s about trusting each other, being ready to share stories—whether they’re happy or sad—and going through things together. And because we share those stories, we slowly absorb each other’s true selves without realizing it. By the time we notice, we already understand each other. Some people get so close they can just look into each other’s eyes and know what the other’s thinking, Phii Fah…”

    Muenfah gave a faint smile, amused that the person who claimed not to be good at this was explaining it so fluently, chattering away with pursed lips until he wanted to let go of his hand just to pinch that mouth shut.

    “Then can I start sharing my stories with you now? I want to get close quickly, okay?”

    “…” Theerak stared at the tall man who was looking at the road ahead, then asked curiously, “Why does you want to get close to me?”

    “Sometimes, I want someone in my life who makes it hard to hold back a smile.”

    Oh… that’s a reason to just drop dead… I don’t even know what to say next, my brain’s completely blank.

    “…”

    “I don’t know where to start sharing. What does you want to know? I’ll tell you.”

    “…” At first, I didn’t want to know anything about Muenfah. But seeing him smile and laugh with that woman made me curious. Still, it might be too personal, so Theerak shook his head to decline. “Nothing, really.”

    “Then I’ll start with what I think is the worst thing about myself. If we’re going to get closer, at least one of us should know what bad habits the other used to have, what flaws we’ve got…”

    “…”

    “But don’t hate me after hearing it, Rak… I’m not that bad person anymore.”

    “…”

    “You can be upset with what I did, but don’t hate me, okay?”

    “…” Theerak weighed it for a moment. Just how awful was Muenfah in the past to be this worried? But someone who’s done wrong and wants to change deserves forgiveness the most. So, Theerak nodded, bracing himself to hear about Muenfah’s past.

    “The worst thing I think I ever did was probably when I was with my ex— the one I was just talking to…”

    “…” I knew it… there was something between them while they were chatting. The way that woman looked at Muenfah, her eyes were so happy.

    “Yaem was my close friend in 10th grade. By 11th grade, we started dating because we both realized our feelings went beyond friendship. We broke up after graduating 12th grade, and it was because of me. I knew what could’ve saved our relationship, but I wouldn’t do it. Back then, I wasn’t ready to change myself for anyone. Simply put, I loved who I was so much that I became selfish without realizing it. I thought that some of the things she expected me to do, or the person she wanted me to be, weren’t in my nature—not the real me. If I didn’t feel comfortable doing something, I just wouldn’t. I don’t even want to use the excuse that I was young back then. At that age, I was old enough to think better, but I still chose my own comfort over everything else.”

    “…”

    “The main issue that built up over time and led to our breakup was that I didn’t really show the people around us that I loved her. When someone asked what Yaem was to me, I’d just say ‘my girlfriend,’ and that’d be it—no further explanation. Sometimes, Yaem wanted me to show others that I loved her, to introduce her to people as my girlfriend without waiting for them to ask if I had one. Back then, I thought, ‘I love her, we’re together, who cares what others think?’ Plus, I didn’t like answering personal questions like that. But looking back, maybe I should’ve shown it more. I should’ve given her more respect as my partner. All along, it seemed like I didn’t love Yaem, but the truth is, I loved her a lot. It was just my personality that made people see it differently. When Yaem broke up with me, my whole body went numb—I truly understood what loss felt like.”

    “…”

    “At first, I carried a lot of guilt too. I never thought about forgiving myself. That’s why I understand how hard it is for you, Rak, to move past this feeling. But thankfully, Yaem could still be friends with me. Yaem said that the failure of this relationship wasn’t just my fault—it was hers too. When we were friends, we didn’t have expectations of each other. But once we started dating, it was impossible not to have expectations of your partner, impossible not to want them to be this or that. Yaem felt guilty too because she knew me so well, knew what my personality was like, yet she still asked me to do things that went against who I am. Back then, we talked it out rationally, and that helped lessen the guilt we felt toward each other… Yaem said that throughout our time together, we were really happy. I agreed with her. Even though that happiness was less than when we were just friends, we still had good memories together. It wasn’t all arguments or falling out—it’s just that, in the end, we both decided it’d be better to go back to being friends. That way, it’d be better than staying together and accidentally hurting each other more.”

    “…”

    “After that, I never dated anyone else because I was scared of feeling as bad as I did when I broke up with Yam. I was afraid of that sense of something missing in life coming back again. Adjusting to living every day without her wasn’t easy at all. But one thing that helped me was time. Time really does heal, and it also helped me see Yam as just a friend again.”

    “…”

    “So I told myself… if I ever falls in love again, if I really get to love someone else, I’ll love them as much as a lover should. I’ll care for them more, show them how I feel, try to be a better person every day, and make them feel they didn’t make a mistake choosing me.”

    “…” Theerak didn’t have much experience with love. He didn’t know how complex and delicate the emotions tied to it could be. But after hearing Muenfah’s story, he thought Muenfah wasn’t a bad person at all. It was a mistake anyone could make. In the past, Muenfah might have loved himself too much, but now he’d learned his lesson and wanted to become a better version of himself for a future partner.

    Someone who takes past mistakes and uses them to improve themselves, someone who doesn’t want to repeat them—

    That kind of person… he wanted to keep supporting them moving forward…

    But maybe because Muenfah was afraid of being hated, he gripped his hand tighter, as if scared Theerak would change. He was probably worried that Theerak might not want to get close anymore. Theerak gave a small smile before gently squeezing the thicker hand to let him know he was still there. He was still right here, still ready to get close to this new Muenfah.

    “Well, you changed now, right? You’re not someone who only cares about yourself and ignores others anymore. Why would I have to hate you? And do you know, Phii Fah, that you trying to become a better person… it makes me want to get close to you faster too?”

    “…” Muenfah didn’t reply, just kept holding his hand as before.

    “Thank you… Thank you for supporting someone who’s trying to be a better person.”

    “You’re welcome. I will be here cheering you on, Phii Fah. I’ll keep telling you, ‘Shoo, shoo,’ like the sound of the ocean waves. If you ever feel discouraged, just come to me—I’ll refill your energy for you.”

    “You’ve got a lot of encouragement to give, huh?”

    “So much, even more than my own cheeks…”

    Muenfah gave a small smile before speaking softly, almost as if to himself,

    “You turned me into a talkative person…”

    But Theerak heard that sentence loud and clear.

    “…”

    The light from the streetlamps spilling into the car illuminated Muenfah’s smile—a smile that always made Theerak unconsciously smile back. And in the moment when Muenfah used just one hand to turn the steering wheel at an intersection, he briefly took his eyes off the road to meet Theerak’s gaze before returning his focus to the road ahead. In the next split second, Theerak caught a wider smile from Muenfah—a smile that made him grin broadly in return…

    A smile that made the soft international song playing in the background suddenly sound clearer.

    ‘And, I’m, thinking’ bout, how, people, fall, in, love, in, mysterious, ways’

    That lyric said… ‘And I’m thinking about how people fall in love in mysterious ways.’

    “My hands are all sweaty. Did Phii Fah hold them too tight?”

    ‘Maybe just the touch of a hand’

    And the next line of the song answered his question for him. The answer was… ‘Maybe just the touch of a hand.’

    “I think so too.”

    TBC

     

    YOURSKY CHAPTERS HOME